1 c609719bSwdenk# 2 b75190deSWolfgang Denk# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012 3 c609719bSwdenk# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 4 c609719bSwdenk# 5 c609719bSwdenk# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 6 c609719bSwdenk# project. 7 c609719bSwdenk# 8 c609719bSwdenk# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 9 c609719bSwdenk# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 10 c609719bSwdenk# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 11 c609719bSwdenk# the License, or (at your option) any later version. 12 c609719bSwdenk# 13 c609719bSwdenk# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 14 c609719bSwdenk# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 15 c609719bSwdenk# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 16 c609719bSwdenk# GNU General Public License for more details. 17 c609719bSwdenk# 18 c609719bSwdenk# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 19 c609719bSwdenk# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 20 c609719bSwdenk# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 21 c609719bSwdenk# MA 02111-1307 USA 22 c609719bSwdenk# 23 c609719bSwdenk 24 c609719bSwdenkSummary: 25 c609719bSwdenk======== 26 c609719bSwdenk 27 24ee89b9SwdenkThis directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 28 e86e5a07SwdenkEmbedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 29 e86e5a07Swdenkprocessors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 30 e86e5a07Swdenkinitialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 31 e86e5a07Swdenkcode. 32 c609719bSwdenk 33 c609719bSwdenkThe development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 34 24ee89b9Swdenkthe source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 35 24ee89b9Swdenkheader files in common, and special provision has been made to 36 c609719bSwdenksupport booting of Linux images. 37 c609719bSwdenk 38 c609719bSwdenkSome attention has been paid to make this software easily 39 c609719bSwdenkconfigurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 40 c609719bSwdenkimplemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 41 c609719bSwdenkadd new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 42 c609719bSwdenkcode (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 43 c609719bSwdenkload and run it dynamically. 44 c609719bSwdenk 45 c609719bSwdenk 46 c609719bSwdenkStatus: 47 c609719bSwdenk======= 48 c609719bSwdenk 49 c609719bSwdenkIn general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 50 c609719bSwdenkMakefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 51 c609719bSwdenk"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 52 c609719bSwdenk 53 c609719bSwdenkIn case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 54 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwho contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board 55 218ca724SWolfgang Denkmaintainers. 56 c609719bSwdenk 57 adb9d851SRobert P. J. DayNote: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 58 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Dayit can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 59 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day 60 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day make CHANGELOG 61 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day 62 c609719bSwdenk 63 c609719bSwdenkWhere to get help: 64 c609719bSwdenk================== 65 c609719bSwdenk 66 c609719bSwdenkIn case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 67 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 68 0c32565fSPeter Tyser<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 69 0c32565fSPeter Tyseron the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 70 0c32565fSPeter TyserPlease see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 71 0c32565fSPeter Tyserhttp://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 72 c609719bSwdenk 73 c609719bSwdenk 74 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWhere to get source code: 75 218ca724SWolfgang Denk========================= 76 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 77 218ca724SWolfgang DenkThe U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 78 218ca724SWolfgang Denkgit://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 79 218ca724SWolfgang Denkhttp://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 80 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 81 218ca724SWolfgang DenkThe "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 82 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswilerany version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 83 218ca724SWolfgang Denkavailable for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 84 218ca724SWolfgang Denkdirectory. 85 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 86 d4ee711dSAnatolij GustschinPre-built (and tested) images are available from 87 218ca724SWolfgang Denkftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 88 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 89 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 90 c609719bSwdenkWhere we come from: 91 c609719bSwdenk=================== 92 c609719bSwdenk 93 c609719bSwdenk- start from 8xxrom sources 94 24ee89b9Swdenk- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 95 c609719bSwdenk- clean up code 96 c609719bSwdenk- make it easier to add custom boards 97 c609719bSwdenk- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 98 c609719bSwdenk- extend functions, especially: 99 c609719bSwdenk * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 100 c609719bSwdenk * S-Record download 101 c609719bSwdenk * network boot 102 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 103 24ee89b9Swdenk- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 104 c609719bSwdenk- add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 105 24ee89b9Swdenk- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 106 0d28f34bSMagnus Lilja- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 107 24ee89b9Swdenk 108 24ee89b9Swdenk 109 24ee89b9SwdenkNames and Spelling: 110 24ee89b9Swdenk=================== 111 24ee89b9Swdenk 112 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 113 24ee89b9Swdenk"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 114 24ee89b9Swdenkin source files etc.). Example: 115 24ee89b9Swdenk 116 24ee89b9Swdenk This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 117 24ee89b9Swdenk 118 24ee89b9SwdenkFile names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 119 24ee89b9Swdenk 120 24ee89b9Swdenk include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 121 24ee89b9Swdenk 122 24ee89b9Swdenk #include <asm/u-boot.h> 123 24ee89b9Swdenk 124 24ee89b9SwdenkVariable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 125 24ee89b9Swdenkthe string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 126 24ee89b9Swdenk 127 24ee89b9Swdenk U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 128 24ee89b9Swdenk IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 129 c609719bSwdenk 130 c609719bSwdenk 131 93f19cc0SwdenkVersioning: 132 93f19cc0Swdenk=========== 133 93f19cc0Swdenk 134 360d883aSThomas WeberStarting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 135 360d883aSThomas Weberwere changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 136 360d883aSThomas Weberinto a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 137 360d883aSThomas Webernames consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 138 360d883aSThomas WeberAdditional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 139 360d883aSThomas Weberreleases in "stable" maintenance trees. 140 93f19cc0Swdenk 141 360d883aSThomas WeberExamples: 142 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 143 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 144 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 145 93f19cc0Swdenk 146 93f19cc0Swdenk 147 c609719bSwdenkDirectory Hierarchy: 148 c609719bSwdenk==================== 149 c609719bSwdenk 150 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/arch Architecture specific files 151 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 152 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 153 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 154 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 155 6eb0921aSAndreas Bießmann /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 156 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 157 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 158 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs 159 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 160 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 161 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 162 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 163 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs 164 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 165 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 166 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 167 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 168 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 169 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 170 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 171 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 172 fea25720SGraeme Russ /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 173 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 174 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 175 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 176 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 177 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 178 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 179 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 180 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 181 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 182 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 183 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 184 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 185 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 186 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 187 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 188 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 189 80421fccSXiangfu Liu /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 190 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 191 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 192 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /cpu CPU specific files 193 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 194 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /lib Architecture specific library files 195 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 196 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 197 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 198 a47a12beSStefan Roese /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 199 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 200 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 201 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 202 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 203 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 204 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 205 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 206 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 207 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 208 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 209 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh Files generic to SH architecture 210 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 211 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 212 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 213 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 214 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 215 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 216 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 217 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 218 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 219 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 220 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 221 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/board Board dependent files 222 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/common Misc architecture independent functions 223 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/disk Code for disk drive partition handling 224 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 225 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/drivers Commonly used device drivers 226 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 227 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 228 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/include Header Files 229 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/lib Files generic to all architectures 230 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 231 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 232 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 233 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/net Networking code 234 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/post Power On Self Test 235 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/rtc Real Time Clock drivers 236 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 237 c609719bSwdenk 238 c609719bSwdenkSoftware Configuration: 239 c609719bSwdenk======================= 240 c609719bSwdenk 241 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 242 c609719bSwdenkrationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 243 c609719bSwdenk 244 c609719bSwdenkThere are two classes of configuration variables: 245 c609719bSwdenk 246 c609719bSwdenk* Configuration _OPTIONS_: 247 c609719bSwdenk These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 248 c609719bSwdenk "CONFIG_". 249 c609719bSwdenk 250 c609719bSwdenk* Configuration _SETTINGS_: 251 c609719bSwdenk These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 252 c609719bSwdenk you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 253 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD "CONFIG_SYS_". 254 c609719bSwdenk 255 c609719bSwdenkLater we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 256 c609719bSwdenkidentical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 257 c609719bSwdenkdo the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 258 c609719bSwdenklinks and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 259 c609719bSwdenkas an example here. 260 c609719bSwdenk 261 c609719bSwdenk 262 c609719bSwdenkSelection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 263 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------------------------------- 264 c609719bSwdenk 265 c609719bSwdenkFor all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 266 c609719bSwdenkconfigurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 267 c609719bSwdenk 268 c609719bSwdenkExample: For a TQM823L module type: 269 c609719bSwdenk 270 c609719bSwdenk cd u-boot 271 c609719bSwdenk make TQM823L_config 272 c609719bSwdenk 273 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerFor the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 274 c609719bSwdenke.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 275 c609719bSwdenkdirectory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 276 c609719bSwdenk 277 c609719bSwdenk 278 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration Options: 279 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 280 c609719bSwdenk 281 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 282 c609719bSwdenksuch information is kept in a configuration file 283 c609719bSwdenk"include/configs/<board_name>.h". 284 c609719bSwdenk 285 c609719bSwdenkExample: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 286 c609719bSwdenk"include/configs/TQM823L.h". 287 c609719bSwdenk 288 c609719bSwdenk 289 7f6c2cbcSwdenkMany of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 290 7f6c2cbcSwdenkkernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 291 7f6c2cbcSwdenkbuild a config tool - later. 292 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 293 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 294 c609719bSwdenkThe following options need to be configured: 295 c609719bSwdenk 296 2628114eSKim Phillips- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 297 c609719bSwdenk 298 2628114eSKim Phillips- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 299 6ccec449SWolfgang Denk 300 6ccec449SWolfgang Denk- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 301 09ea0de0SHaavard Skinnemoen Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 302 c609719bSwdenk 303 c609719bSwdenk- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 304 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 305 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 306 c609719bSwdenk--- FIXME --- not tested yet: 307 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 308 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 309 c609719bSwdenk 310 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 311 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 312 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 313 c609719bSwdenk 314 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 315 c609719bSwdenk Define one or more of 316 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA302 317 c609719bSwdenk 318 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 319 c609719bSwdenk Define one or more of 320 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 321 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the LCD display every second with 322 c609719bSwdenk a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 323 c609719bSwdenk 324 2535d602Swdenk- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 325 2535d602Swdenk CONFIG_ADSTYPE 326 2535d602Swdenk Possible values are: 327 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 328 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 329 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 330 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 331 2535d602Swdenk 332 cf946c6dSLei Wen- Marvell Family Member 333 cf946c6dSLei Wen CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 334 cf946c6dSLei Wen multiple fs option at one time 335 cf946c6dSLei Wen for marvell soc family 336 cf946c6dSLei Wen 337 c609719bSwdenk- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 338 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 339 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 340 c609719bSwdenk 341 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 342 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 343 66ca92a5Swdenk get_gclk_freq() cannot work 344 5da627a4Swdenk e.g. if there is no 32KHz 345 5da627a4Swdenk reference PIT/RTC clock 346 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 347 66ca92a5Swdenk or XTAL/EXTAL) 348 c609719bSwdenk 349 66ca92a5Swdenk- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 350 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 351 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 352 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 353 75d1ea7fSwdenk See doc/README.MPC866 354 75d1ea7fSwdenk 355 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 356 75d1ea7fSwdenk 357 75d1ea7fSwdenk Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 358 75d1ea7fSwdenk of relying on the correctness of the configured 359 75d1ea7fSwdenk values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 360 75d1ea7fSwdenk the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 361 75d1ea7fSwdenk that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 362 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 363 75d1ea7fSwdenk 364 506f3918SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 365 506f3918SHeiko Schocher 366 506f3918SHeiko Schocher Define this option if you want to enable the 367 506f3918SHeiko Schocher ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 368 506f3918SHeiko Schocher 369 66412c63SKumar Gala- 85xx CPU Options: 370 ffd06e02SYork Sun CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 371 ffd06e02SYork Sun 372 ffd06e02SYork Sun Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 373 ffd06e02SYork Sun the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 374 ffd06e02SYork Sun compliance, among other possible reasons. 375 ffd06e02SYork Sun 376 66412c63SKumar Gala CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 377 66412c63SKumar Gala 378 66412c63SKumar Gala Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 379 66412c63SKumar Gala system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 380 66412c63SKumar Gala devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 381 66412c63SKumar Gala 382 8f29084aSKumar Gala CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 383 8f29084aSKumar Gala 384 8f29084aSKumar Gala Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 385 8f29084aSKumar Gala tree nodes for the given platform. 386 8f29084aSKumar Gala 387 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 388 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha 389 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 390 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 391 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 392 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 393 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 394 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha purpose. 395 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha 396 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 397 33eee330SScott Wood 398 33eee330SScott Wood Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 399 33eee330SScott Wood then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 400 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 401 33eee330SScott Wood 402 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 403 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 404 33eee330SScott Wood 405 33eee330SScott Wood Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 406 33eee330SScott Wood for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 407 33eee330SScott Wood 408 33eee330SScott Wood The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 409 33eee330SScott Wood of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 410 33eee330SScott Wood p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 411 33eee330SScott Wood whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 412 33eee330SScott Wood 413 33eee330SScott Wood See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 414 33eee330SScott Wood this erratum. 415 33eee330SScott Wood 416 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 417 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 418 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha requred during NOR boot. 419 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha 420 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 421 33eee330SScott Wood 422 33eee330SScott Wood This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 423 33eee330SScott Wood according to the A004510 workaround. 424 33eee330SScott Wood 425 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 426 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 427 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain which is directly connected to the DSP core. 428 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain 429 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 430 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 431 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain 432 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck- Generic CPU options: 433 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 434 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck 435 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 436 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck values is arch specific. 437 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck 438 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher- Intel Monahans options: 439 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 440 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 441 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 442 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 443 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 444 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 445 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 446 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 447 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 448 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 449 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 450 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher by this value. 451 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 452 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck- MIPS CPU options: 453 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 454 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 455 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 456 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 457 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck relocation. 458 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 459 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 460 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 461 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 462 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 463 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Possible values are: 464 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 465 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 466 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_UNCACHED 467 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 468 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 469 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 470 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 471 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 472 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 473 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 474 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 475 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 476 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 477 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 478 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 479 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 480 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 481 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 482 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 483 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 484 b67d8816SChristian Riesch- ARM options: 485 b67d8816SChristian Riesch CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 486 b67d8816SChristian Riesch 487 b67d8816SChristian Riesch Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 488 b67d8816SChristian Riesch clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 489 b67d8816SChristian Riesch 490 5356f545SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 491 5356f545SAneesh V 492 5356f545SAneesh V Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 493 5356f545SAneesh V set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 494 5356f545SAneesh V better code density. For ARM architectures that support 495 5356f545SAneesh V Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 496 5356f545SAneesh V GCC. 497 5356f545SAneesh V 498 c5d4752cSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 499 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 500 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 501 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 502 0678587fSStephen Warren 503 0678587fSStephen Warren If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 504 0678587fSStephen Warren during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 505 0678587fSStephen Warren workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 506 0678587fSStephen Warren exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 507 0678587fSStephen Warren set these options unless they apply! 508 0678587fSStephen Warren 509 795659dcSStephen Warren- CPU timer options: 510 795659dcSStephen Warren CONFIG_SYS_HZ 511 795659dcSStephen Warren 512 795659dcSStephen Warren The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 513 795659dcSStephen Warren get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 514 795659dcSStephen Warren option must be set to 1000. 515 795659dcSStephen Warren 516 5da627a4Swdenk- Linux Kernel Interface: 517 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 518 c609719bSwdenk 519 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 520 c609719bSwdenk internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 521 c609719bSwdenk kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 522 c609719bSwdenk bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 523 c609719bSwdenk "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 524 c609719bSwdenk converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 525 c609719bSwdenk Linux kernel. 526 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 527 c609719bSwdenk "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 528 c609719bSwdenk default environment. 529 c609719bSwdenk 530 5da627a4Swdenk CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 531 5da627a4Swdenk 532 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 533 5da627a4Swdenk expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 534 5da627a4Swdenk Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 535 5da627a4Swdenk 536 fec6d9eeSGerald Van Baren CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 537 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk 538 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 539 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 540 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren concepts). 541 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren 542 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 543 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren * New libfdt-based support 544 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren * Adds the "fdt" command 545 3bb342fcSKim Phillips * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 546 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren 547 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 548 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 549 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 550 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 551 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 552 c2871f03SKumar Gala OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 553 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk 554 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 555 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler addresses 556 3bb342fcSKim Phillips 557 4e253137SKumar Gala CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 558 4e253137SKumar Gala 559 4e253137SKumar Gala Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 560 4e253137SKumar Gala to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 561 6705d81eSwdenk 562 0267768eSMatthew McClintock CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 563 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 564 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 565 0267768eSMatthew McClintock param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 566 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 567 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 568 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher 569 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 570 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 571 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 572 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 573 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 574 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 575 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher 576 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 577 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg 578 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 579 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 580 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 581 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 582 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 583 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg in a single configuration file and the machine type is 584 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 585 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg 586 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger- vxWorks boot parameters: 587 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 588 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 589 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 590 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 591 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 592 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 593 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 594 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 595 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 596 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 597 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 598 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 599 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 600 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 601 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 602 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger the defaults discussed just above. 603 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 604 2c451f78SAneesh V- Cache Configuration: 605 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 606 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 607 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 608 2c451f78SAneesh V 609 93bc2193SAneesh V- Cache Configuration for ARM: 610 93bc2193SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 611 93bc2193SAneesh V controller 612 93bc2193SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 613 93bc2193SAneesh V controller register space 614 93bc2193SAneesh V 615 6705d81eSwdenk- Serial Ports: 616 48d0192fSAndreas Engel CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 617 6705d81eSwdenk 618 6705d81eSwdenk Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 619 6705d81eSwdenk 620 48d0192fSAndreas Engel CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 621 6705d81eSwdenk 622 6705d81eSwdenk Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 623 6705d81eSwdenk 624 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 625 6705d81eSwdenk 626 6705d81eSwdenk If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 627 6705d81eSwdenk the clock speed of the UARTs. 628 6705d81eSwdenk 629 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 630 6705d81eSwdenk 631 6705d81eSwdenk If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 632 6705d81eSwdenk define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 633 6705d81eSwdenk port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 634 6705d81eSwdenk 635 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 636 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 637 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 638 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 639 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby this variable to initialize the extra register. 640 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 641 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 642 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 643 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 644 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 645 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby variable to flush the UART at init time. 646 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 647 6705d81eSwdenk 648 c609719bSwdenk- Console Interface: 649 c609719bSwdenk Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 650 c609719bSwdenk (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 651 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 652 c609719bSwdenk console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 653 c609719bSwdenk 654 c609719bSwdenk Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 655 c609719bSwdenk port routines must be defined elsewhere 656 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 657 c609719bSwdenk 658 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 659 c609719bSwdenk Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 660 c53043b7SWolfgang Denk defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 661 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 662 c609719bSwdenk (default big endian) 663 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 664 c609719bSwdenk rectangle fill 665 c609719bSwdenk (cf. smiLynxEM) 666 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 667 c609719bSwdenk bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 668 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 669 c609719bSwdenk (cols=pitch) 670 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 671 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 672 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 673 c609719bSwdenk (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 674 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 675 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 676 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 677 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 678 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_tstc) 679 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 680 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_getc) 681 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 682 c609719bSwdenk (requires blink timer 683 c609719bSwdenk cf. i8042.c) 684 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 685 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 686 c609719bSwdenk upper right corner 687 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 688 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 689 c609719bSwdenk upper left corner 690 a6c7ad2fSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 691 a6c7ad2fSwdenk linux_logo.h for logo. 692 a6c7ad2fSwdenk Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 693 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 694 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler additional board info beside 695 c609719bSwdenk the logo 696 c609719bSwdenk 697 33a35bbbSPali Rohár When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 698 33a35bbbSPali Rohár a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 699 33a35bbbSPali Rohár erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 700 33a35bbbSPali Rohár 701 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 702 c609719bSwdenk default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 703 c609719bSwdenk environment 'console=serial'. 704 c609719bSwdenk 705 a3ad8e26Swdenk When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 706 a3ad8e26Swdenk messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 707 a3ad8e26Swdenk the "silent" environment variable. See 708 a3ad8e26Swdenk doc/README.silent for more information. 709 a3ad8e26Swdenk 710 c609719bSwdenk- Console Baudrate: 711 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 712 c609719bSwdenk Select one of the baudrates listed in 713 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 714 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 715 c609719bSwdenk 716 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher- Console Rx buffer length 717 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 718 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 719 2b3f12c2SHeiko Schocher This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 720 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 721 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 722 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher the SMC. 723 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher 724 9558b48aSGraeme Russ- Pre-Console Buffer: 725 9558b48aSGraeme Russ Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 726 9558b48aSGraeme Russ initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 727 9558b48aSGraeme Russ Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 728 9558b48aSGraeme Russ buffer any console messages prior to the console being 729 9558b48aSGraeme Russ initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 730 9558b48aSGraeme Russ bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 731 9558b48aSGraeme Russ a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 732 9558b48aSGraeme Russ bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 733 9558b48aSGraeme Russ earlier bytes are discarded. 734 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 735 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 736 9558b48aSGraeme Russ CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 737 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 738 046a37bdSSonny Rao- Safe printf() functions 739 046a37bdSSonny Rao Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 740 046a37bdSSonny Rao the printf() functions. These are defined in 741 046a37bdSSonny Rao include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 742 046a37bdSSonny Rao so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 743 046a37bdSSonny Rao If this option is not given then these functions will 744 046a37bdSSonny Rao silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 745 046a37bdSSonny Rao you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 746 046a37bdSSonny Rao 747 c609719bSwdenk- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 748 c609719bSwdenk Delay before automatically booting the default image; 749 c609719bSwdenk set to -1 to disable autoboot. 750 93d7212fSJoe Hershberger set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 751 93d7212fSJoe Hershberger (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 752 c609719bSwdenk 753 c609719bSwdenk See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 754 c609719bSwdenk work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 755 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 756 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 757 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 758 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 759 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 760 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 761 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 762 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 763 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 764 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 765 c609719bSwdenk 766 c609719bSwdenk- Autoboot Command: 767 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 768 c609719bSwdenk Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 769 c609719bSwdenk define a command string that is automatically executed 770 c609719bSwdenk when no character is read on the console interface 771 c609719bSwdenk within "Boot Delay" after reset. 772 c609719bSwdenk 773 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTARGS 774 c609719bSwdenk This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 775 c609719bSwdenk command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 776 c609719bSwdenk environment value "bootargs". 777 c609719bSwdenk 778 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 779 c609719bSwdenk The value of these goes into the environment as 780 c609719bSwdenk "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 781 c609719bSwdenk as a convenience, when switching between booting from 782 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler RAM and NFS. 783 c609719bSwdenk 784 c609719bSwdenk- Pre-Boot Commands: 785 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PREBOOT 786 c609719bSwdenk 787 c609719bSwdenk When this option is #defined, the existence of the 788 c609719bSwdenk environment variable "preboot" will be checked 789 c609719bSwdenk immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 790 c609719bSwdenk countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 791 c609719bSwdenk entering interactive mode. 792 c609719bSwdenk 793 c609719bSwdenk This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 794 c609719bSwdenk automatically generated or modified. For an example 795 c609719bSwdenk see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 796 c609719bSwdenk modified when the user holds down a certain 797 c609719bSwdenk combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 798 c609719bSwdenk booting the systems 799 c609719bSwdenk 800 c609719bSwdenk- Serial Download Echo Mode: 801 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 802 c609719bSwdenk If defined to 1, all characters received during a 803 c609719bSwdenk serial download (using the "loads" command) are 804 c609719bSwdenk echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 805 c609719bSwdenk emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 806 c609719bSwdenk time on others. This setting #define's the initial 807 c609719bSwdenk value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 808 c609719bSwdenk 809 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 810 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 811 c609719bSwdenk Select one of the baudrates listed in 812 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 813 c609719bSwdenk 814 c609719bSwdenk- Monitor Functions: 815 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger Monitor commands can be included or excluded 816 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger from the build by using the #include files 817 c6c621bdSStephen Warren <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 818 c6c621bdSStephen Warren commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 819 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger and augmenting with additional #define's 820 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger for wanted commands. 821 c609719bSwdenk 822 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger The default command configuration includes all commands 823 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger except those marked below with a "*". 824 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger 825 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 826 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 827 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 828 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 829 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 830 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 831 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 832 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 833 710b9938SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 834 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 835 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 836 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 837 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 838 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 839 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 840 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 841 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 842 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 843 246c6922SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 844 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 845 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 846 5e2b3e0cSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 847 fffad71bSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 848 0c79cda0SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 849 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 850 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 851 bdab39d3SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 852 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 853 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 854 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 855 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 856 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 857 ccca7dfdSBenoît Thébaudeau CONFIG_CMD_FUSE Device fuse support 858 53fdc7efSAnton Staaf CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 859 a641b979SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 860 a000b795SKim Phillips CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 861 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 862 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 863 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 864 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 865 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 866 8fdf1e0fSVipin Kumar CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 867 8fdf1e0fSVipin Kumar CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash 868 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 869 0c79cda0SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 870 c167cc02SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 871 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 872 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 873 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 874 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 875 1ba7fd25SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 876 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 877 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger (169.254.*.*) 878 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 879 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 880 02c9aa1dSRobin Getz CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest 881 02c9aa1dSRobin Getz (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 882 15a33e49SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 883 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 884 a2681707SWolfgang Denk loop, loopw 885 a2681707SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest 886 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 887 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 888 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 889 68d7d651SStefan Roese CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 890 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 891 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 892 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 893 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 894 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 895 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 896 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 897 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger host 898 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 899 ff048ea9SKenneth Waters CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 900 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 901 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 902 d304931fSSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 903 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 904 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 905 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 906 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 907 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 908 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (4xx only) 909 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 910 c6b1ee66SAlexander Holler CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest 911 02c9aa1dSRobin Getz (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 912 7d861d95SBob Liu CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 913 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 914 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 915 7a83af07SLuca Ceresoli CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 916 1fb7cd49SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 917 da83bcd7SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 918 da83bcd7SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 919 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 920 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 921 c8339f51SMarek Vasut CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 922 c609719bSwdenk 923 c609719bSwdenk 924 c609719bSwdenk EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 925 c609719bSwdenk support you can write: 926 c609719bSwdenk 927 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger #include "config_cmd_all.h" 928 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 929 c609719bSwdenk 930 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren Other Commands: 931 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 932 c609719bSwdenk 933 c609719bSwdenk Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 934 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 935 c609719bSwdenk what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 936 c609719bSwdenk cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 937 c609719bSwdenk 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 938 c609719bSwdenk uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 939 c609719bSwdenk systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 940 c609719bSwdenk initial stack and some data. 941 c609719bSwdenk 942 c609719bSwdenk 943 c609719bSwdenk XXX - this list needs to get updated! 944 c609719bSwdenk 945 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk- Regular expression support: 946 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_REGEX 947 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 948 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 949 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk which adds regex support to some commands, as for 950 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk example "env grep" and "setexpr". 951 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk 952 45ba8077SSimon Glass- Device tree: 953 45ba8077SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 954 45ba8077SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 955 45ba8077SSimon Glass to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 956 45ba8077SSimon Glass compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 957 45ba8077SSimon Glass experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 958 45ba8077SSimon Glass tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 959 45ba8077SSimon Glass 960 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 961 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass be done using one of the two options below: 962 bbb0b128SSimon Glass 963 bbb0b128SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_EMBED 964 bbb0b128SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 965 bbb0b128SSimon Glass binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 966 bbb0b128SSimon Glass board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 967 bbb0b128SSimon Glass is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 968 bbb0b128SSimon Glass the global data structure as gd->blob. 969 45ba8077SSimon Glass 970 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 971 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 972 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 973 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 974 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 975 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 976 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 977 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 978 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 979 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass still use the individual files if you need something more 980 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass exotic. 981 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 982 c609719bSwdenk- Watchdog: 983 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_WATCHDOG 984 c609719bSwdenk If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 985 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 986 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 987 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 988 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel register. When supported for a specific SoC is 989 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel available, then no further board specific code should 990 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel be needed to use it. 991 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel 992 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 993 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 994 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel SoC, then define this variable and provide board 995 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 996 c609719bSwdenk 997 c1551ea8Sstroese- U-Boot Version: 998 c1551ea8Sstroese CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 999 c1551ea8Sstroese If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1000 c1551ea8Sstroese named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1001 c1551ea8Sstroese version as printed by the "version" command. 1002 a1ea8e51SBenoît Thébaudeau Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1003 a1ea8e51SBenoît Thébaudeau next reset. 1004 c1551ea8Sstroese 1005 c609719bSwdenk- Real-Time Clock: 1006 c609719bSwdenk 1007 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1008 c609719bSwdenk has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1009 c609719bSwdenk following options: 1010 c609719bSwdenk 1011 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1012 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1013 4e8b7544SFabio Estevam CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1014 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1015 1cb8e980Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1016 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1017 7f70e853Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1018 3bac3513Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1019 9536dfccSTor Krill CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1020 4c0d4c3bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1021 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1022 71d19f30SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1023 71d19f30SHeiko Schocher RV3029 RTC. 1024 c609719bSwdenk 1025 b37c7e5eSwdenk Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1026 b37c7e5eSwdenk must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1027 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1028 e92739d3SPeter Tyser- GPIO Support: 1029 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1030 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command 1031 e92739d3SPeter Tyser 1032 5dec49caSChris Packham The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1033 5dec49caSChris Packham chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1034 5dec49caSChris Packham pins supported by a particular chip. 1035 5dec49caSChris Packham 1036 e92739d3SPeter Tyser Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1037 e92739d3SPeter Tyser must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1038 e92739d3SPeter Tyser 1039 c609719bSwdenk- Timestamp Support: 1040 c609719bSwdenk 1041 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1042 c609719bSwdenk (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1043 c609719bSwdenk commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1044 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1045 c609719bSwdenk 1046 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1047 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc Zero or more of the following: 1048 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1049 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1050 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1051 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1052 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1053 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1054 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc disk/part_efi.c 1055 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1056 c609719bSwdenk 1057 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1058 218ca724SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1059 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1060 c609719bSwdenk 1061 c609719bSwdenk- IDE Reset method: 1062 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1063 4d13cbadSwdenk board configurations files but used nowhere! 1064 c609719bSwdenk 1065 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1066 4d13cbadSwdenk be performed by calling the function 1067 4d13cbadSwdenk ide_set_reset(int reset) 1068 4d13cbadSwdenk which has to be defined in a board specific file 1069 c609719bSwdenk 1070 c609719bSwdenk- ATAPI Support: 1071 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ATAPI 1072 c609719bSwdenk 1073 c609719bSwdenk Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1074 c609719bSwdenk 1075 c40b2956Swdenk- LBA48 Support 1076 c40b2956Swdenk CONFIG_LBA48 1077 c40b2956Swdenk 1078 c40b2956Swdenk Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1079 4b142febSHeiko Schocher Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1080 c40b2956Swdenk Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1081 c40b2956Swdenk support disks up to 2.1TB. 1082 c40b2956Swdenk 1083 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1084 c40b2956Swdenk When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1085 c40b2956Swdenk Default is 32bit. 1086 c40b2956Swdenk 1087 c609719bSwdenk- SCSI Support: 1088 c609719bSwdenk At the moment only there is only support for the 1089 c609719bSwdenk SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1090 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1091 c609719bSwdenk 1092 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1093 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1094 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1095 c609719bSwdenk maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1096 c609719bSwdenk devices. 1097 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1098 c609719bSwdenk 1099 447c031bSStefan Reinauer The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1100 447c031bSStefan Reinauer SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1101 447c031bSStefan Reinauer 1102 c609719bSwdenk- NETWORK Support (PCI): 1103 682011ffSwdenk CONFIG_E1000 1104 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1105 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1106 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1107 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1108 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1109 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1110 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1111 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1112 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1113 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett example with the "sspi" command. 1114 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1115 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1116 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1117 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1118 682011ffSwdenk 1119 ac3315c2SAndre Schwarz CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1120 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1121 ac3315c2SAndre Schwarz 1122 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_EEPRO100 1123 c609719bSwdenk Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1124 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1125 c609719bSwdenk write routine for first time initialisation. 1126 c609719bSwdenk 1127 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_TULIP 1128 c609719bSwdenk Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1129 c609719bSwdenk Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1130 c609719bSwdenk modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1131 c609719bSwdenk 1132 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NATSEMI 1133 c609719bSwdenk Support for National dp83815 chips. 1134 c609719bSwdenk 1135 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NS8382X 1136 c609719bSwdenk Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1137 c609719bSwdenk 1138 45219c46Swdenk- NETWORK Support (other): 1139 45219c46Swdenk 1140 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1141 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1142 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1143 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_RMII 1144 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1145 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1146 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1147 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1148 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig The driver doen't show link status messages. 1149 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1150 efdd7319SRob Herring CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1151 efdd7319SRob Herring Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1152 efdd7319SRob Herring 1153 3bb46d23SAshok CONFIG_LAN91C96 1154 45219c46Swdenk Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1155 45219c46Swdenk 1156 45219c46Swdenk CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1157 45219c46Swdenk Define this to hold the physical address 1158 45219c46Swdenk of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1159 45219c46Swdenk 1160 45219c46Swdenk CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1161 45219c46Swdenk Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1162 45219c46Swdenk 1163 3bb46d23SAshok CONFIG_SMC91111 1164 f39748aeSwdenk Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1165 f39748aeSwdenk 1166 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1167 f39748aeSwdenk Define this to hold the physical address 1168 f39748aeSwdenk of the device (I/O space) 1169 f39748aeSwdenk 1170 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1171 f39748aeSwdenk Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1172 f39748aeSwdenk 1173 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1174 f39748aeSwdenk Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1175 f39748aeSwdenk (some hardware wont work with macros) 1176 f39748aeSwdenk 1177 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1178 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher Support for davinci emac 1179 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher 1180 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1181 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1182 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher 1183 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1184 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1185 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin 1186 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1187 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1188 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1189 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1190 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1191 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1192 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1193 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1194 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin 1195 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X 1196 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1197 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1198 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1199 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this to hold the physical address 1200 557b377dSJens Gehrlein of the device (I/O space) 1201 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1202 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1203 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1204 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1205 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1206 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1207 557b377dSJens Gehrlein automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1208 c2fff331SMike Rapoport words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1209 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1210 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1211 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1212 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1213 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1214 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Define the number of ports to be used 1215 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1216 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1217 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Define the ETH PHY's address 1218 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1219 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1220 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1221 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda 1222 5e124724SVadim Bendebury- TPM Support: 1223 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou CONFIG_TPM 1224 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou Support TPM devices. 1225 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou 1226 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C 1227 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1228 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam per system is supported at this time. 1229 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1230 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER 1231 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device 1232 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1233 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1234 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus 1235 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1236 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1237 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1238 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1239 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1240 5e124724SVadim Bendebury Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1241 5e124724SVadim Bendebury per system is supported at this time. 1242 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 1243 5e124724SVadim Bendebury CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1244 5e124724SVadim Bendebury Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1245 5e124724SVadim Bendebury to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1246 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 0xfed40000. 1247 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 1248 c609719bSwdenk- USB Support: 1249 c609719bSwdenk At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1250 4d13cbadSwdenk supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1251 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1252 c609719bSwdenk define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1253 30d56faeSwdenk and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1254 c609719bSwdenk storage devices. 1255 c609719bSwdenk Note: 1256 c609719bSwdenk Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1257 c609719bSwdenk (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1258 4d13cbadSwdenk MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1259 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1260 4d13cbadSwdenk for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1261 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1262 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for USB on PSC3 1263 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1264 4d13cbadSwdenk for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1265 4d13cbadSwdenk for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1266 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1267 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1268 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1269 fdcfaa1bSZhang Wei May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1270 fdcfaa1bSZhang Wei instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1271 4d13cbadSwdenk 1272 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1273 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1274 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass 1275 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum 1276 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) 1277 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su 1278 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk- USB Device: 1279 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1280 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1281 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1282 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1283 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1284 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1285 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1286 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1287 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1288 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk a Linux host by 1289 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1290 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1291 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1292 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1293 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1294 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1295 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this to build a UDC device 1296 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1297 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USB_TTY 1298 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1299 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk talk to the UDC device 1300 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1301 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR CONFIG_USBD_HS 1302 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1303 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1304 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1305 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1306 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1307 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR speed. 1308 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR 1309 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1310 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1311 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk be set to usbtty. 1312 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1313 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk mpc8xx: 1314 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1315 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1316 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1317 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1318 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1319 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Derive USB clock from brgclk 1320 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1321 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1322 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1323 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1324 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1325 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1326 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1327 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1328 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1329 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1330 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this string as the name of your company for 1331 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1332 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1333 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1334 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this string as the name of your product 1335 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1336 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1337 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1338 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1339 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1340 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1341 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1342 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1343 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1344 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this as the unique Product ID 1345 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk for your device 1346 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1347 c609719bSwdenk 1348 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg- ULPI Layer Support: 1349 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1350 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1351 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1352 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1353 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg viewport is supported. 1354 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1355 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1356 6d365ea0SLucas Stach If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1357 6d365ea0SLucas Stach standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1358 6d365ea0SLucas Stach the appropriate value in Hz. 1359 c609719bSwdenk 1360 c609719bSwdenk- MMC Support: 1361 c609719bSwdenk The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1362 c609719bSwdenk enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1363 c609719bSwdenk accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1364 c609719bSwdenk to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1365 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1366 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1367 c609719bSwdenk 1368 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1369 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1370 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1371 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1372 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1373 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1374 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1375 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1376 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1377 b3ba6e94STom Rini- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1378 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1379 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1380 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1381 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1382 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1383 b3ba6e94STom Rini U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1384 b3ba6e94STom Rini requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1385 b3ba6e94STom Rini set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1386 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1387 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1388 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1389 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1390 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1391 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1392 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou 1393 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1394 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1395 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1396 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1397 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1398 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1399 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou 1400 6705d81eSwdenk- Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1401 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1402 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1403 6705d81eSwdenk Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1404 6705d81eSwdenk 1405 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1406 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1407 6705d81eSwdenk Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1408 6705d81eSwdenk 1409 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1410 6705d81eSwdenk Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1411 6705d81eSwdenk function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1412 6705d81eSwdenk 1413 6705d81eSwdenk If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1414 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1415 6705d81eSwdenk to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1416 6705d81eSwdenk have not defined a custom partition 1417 6705d81eSwdenk 1418 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1419 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1420 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim 1421 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1422 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim file in FAT formatted partition. 1423 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim 1424 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1425 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim user to write files to FAT. 1426 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim 1427 84cd9327SGabe BlackCBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1428 84cd9327SGabe Black CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1429 84cd9327SGabe Black 1430 84cd9327SGabe Black Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1431 84cd9327SGabe Black filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1432 84cd9327SGabe Black and cbfsload. 1433 84cd9327SGabe Black 1434 c609719bSwdenk- Keyboard Support: 1435 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1436 c609719bSwdenk 1437 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1438 c609719bSwdenk support 1439 c609719bSwdenk 1440 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1441 c609719bSwdenk Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1442 c609719bSwdenk GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1443 c609719bSwdenk Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1444 c609719bSwdenk for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1445 c609719bSwdenk 1446 c609719bSwdenk- Video support: 1447 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO 1448 c609719bSwdenk 1449 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable video support (for output to 1450 c609719bSwdenk video). 1451 c609719bSwdenk 1452 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1453 c609719bSwdenk 1454 c609719bSwdenk Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1455 c609719bSwdenk 1456 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1457 eeb1b77bSwdenk Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1458 eeb1b77bSwdenk video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1459 eeb1b77bSwdenk (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1460 eeb1b77bSwdenk assumed. 1461 c609719bSwdenk 1462 eeb1b77bSwdenk For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1463 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1464 eeb1b77bSwdenk are possible: 1465 eeb1b77bSwdenk - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1466 eeb1b77bSwdenk Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1467 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1468 eeb1b77bSwdenk Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1469 eeb1b77bSwdenk -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1470 eeb1b77bSwdenk 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1471 eeb1b77bSwdenk 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1472 eeb1b77bSwdenk 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1473 eeb1b77bSwdenk 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1474 eeb1b77bSwdenk -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1475 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1476 c609719bSwdenk 1477 eeb1b77bSwdenk - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1478 7817cb20SMarcel Ziswiler from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1479 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1480 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1481 a6c7ad2fSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1482 a6c7ad2fSwdenk Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1483 a6c7ad2fSwdenk and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1484 a6c7ad2fSwdenk or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1485 a6c7ad2fSwdenk 1486 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1487 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1488 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1489 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi support, and should also define these other macros: 1490 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1491 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1492 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO 1493 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1494 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1495 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1496 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1497 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1498 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1499 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1500 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1501 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1502 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1503 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi description of this variable. 1504 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1505 058d59b0SSimon Glass CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1506 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1507 058d59b0SSimon Glass Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1508 058d59b0SSimon Glass are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1509 058d59b0SSimon Glass driver. 1510 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1511 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1512 682011ffSwdenk- Keyboard Support: 1513 682011ffSwdenk CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1514 682011ffSwdenk 1515 682011ffSwdenk Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1516 682011ffSwdenk This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1517 682011ffSwdenk defined in your board-specific files. 1518 682011ffSwdenk The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1519 a6c7ad2fSwdenk 1520 c609719bSwdenk- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1521 c609719bSwdenk 1522 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1523 c609719bSwdenk display); also select one of the supported displays 1524 c609719bSwdenk by defining one of these: 1525 c609719bSwdenk 1526 39cf4804SStelian Pop CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1527 39cf4804SStelian Pop 1528 39cf4804SStelian Pop HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1529 39cf4804SStelian Pop 1530 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1531 c609719bSwdenk 1532 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1533 c609719bSwdenk 1534 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1535 c609719bSwdenk 1536 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1537 fd3103bbSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1538 fd3103bbSwdenk 1539 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1540 fd3103bbSwdenk 1541 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1542 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1543 c609719bSwdenk 1544 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1545 c609719bSwdenk 1546 c609719bSwdenk Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1547 c609719bSwdenk It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1548 c609719bSwdenk 1549 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1550 c609719bSwdenk 1551 c609719bSwdenk Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1552 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1553 c609719bSwdenk 1554 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_HLD1045 1555 c609719bSwdenk 1556 c609719bSwdenk HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1557 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1558 c609719bSwdenk 1559 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1560 c609719bSwdenk 1561 c609719bSwdenk Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1562 c609719bSwdenk or 1563 c609719bSwdenk Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1564 c609719bSwdenk or 1565 c609719bSwdenk Hitachi SP14Q002 1566 c609719bSwdenk 1567 c609719bSwdenk 320x240. Black & white. 1568 c609719bSwdenk 1569 c609719bSwdenk Normally display is black on white background; define 1570 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1571 c609719bSwdenk 1572 676d319eSSimon Glass CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1573 676d319eSSimon Glass 1574 676d319eSSimon Glass Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1575 676d319eSSimon Glass defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1576 676d319eSSimon Glass For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1577 676d319eSSimon Glass here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1578 676d319eSSimon Glass a per-section basis. 1579 676d319eSSimon Glass 1580 0d89efefSSimon Glass CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1581 0d89efefSSimon Glass 1582 0d89efefSSimon Glass When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1583 0d89efefSSimon Glass lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1584 0d89efefSSimon Glass the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1585 0d89efefSSimon Glass is slow. 1586 676d319eSSimon Glass 1587 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1588 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam 1589 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1590 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam 1591 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1592 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1593 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1594 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1595 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1596 7152b1d0Swdenk- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1597 d791b1dcSwdenk 1598 d791b1dcSwdenk If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1599 d791b1dcSwdenk a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1600 d791b1dcSwdenk of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1601 e94d2cd9Swdenk is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1602 d791b1dcSwdenk specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1603 d791b1dcSwdenk console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1604 d791b1dcSwdenk allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1605 d791b1dcSwdenk loaded very quickly after power-on. 1606 d791b1dcSwdenk 1607 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1608 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov 1609 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1610 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1611 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). 1612 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1613 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1614 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1615 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1616 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov there is no need to set this option. 1617 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov 1618 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1619 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1620 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1621 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1622 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1623 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1624 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1625 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser specify 'm' for centering the image. 1626 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1627 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser Example: 1628 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos m,m 1629 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => image at center of screen 1630 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1631 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos 30,20 1632 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1633 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1634 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos -10,m 1635 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => vertically centered image 1636 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1637 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1638 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE 1639 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov 1640 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare() 1641 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part 1642 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an 1643 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is 1644 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot. 1645 581bb419SNikita Kiryanov 1646 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1647 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese 1648 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1649 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1650 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1651 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese 1652 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1653 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin 1654 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1655 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1656 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin bmp command. 1657 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin 1658 f2b96dfbSLei Wen- Do compresssing for memory range: 1659 f2b96dfbSLei Wen CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1660 f2b96dfbSLei Wen 1661 f2b96dfbSLei Wen If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1662 f2b96dfbSLei Wen to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1663 f2b96dfbSLei Wen 1664 c29fdfc1Swdenk- Compression support: 1665 c29fdfc1Swdenk CONFIG_BZIP2 1666 c29fdfc1Swdenk 1667 c29fdfc1Swdenk If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1668 c29fdfc1Swdenk images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1669 c29fdfc1Swdenk compressed images are supported. 1670 c29fdfc1Swdenk 1671 c29fdfc1Swdenk NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1672 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1673 c29fdfc1Swdenk be at least 4MB. 1674 d791b1dcSwdenk 1675 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini CONFIG_LZMA 1676 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1677 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1678 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini images is included. 1679 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1680 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1681 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1682 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini formula: 1683 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1684 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1685 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1686 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1687 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini and Literal pos bits. 1688 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1689 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1690 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1691 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1692 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini a very small buffer. 1693 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1694 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1695 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1696 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1697 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1698 17ea1177Swdenk- MII/PHY support: 1699 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1700 17ea1177Swdenk 1701 17ea1177Swdenk The address of PHY on MII bus. 1702 17ea1177Swdenk 1703 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1704 17ea1177Swdenk 1705 17ea1177Swdenk The clock frequency of the MII bus 1706 17ea1177Swdenk 1707 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1708 17ea1177Swdenk 1709 17ea1177Swdenk If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1710 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1711 17ea1177Swdenk 1712 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1713 17ea1177Swdenk 1714 17ea1177Swdenk Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1715 17ea1177Swdenk reset before any MII register access is possible. 1716 17ea1177Swdenk For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1717 17ea1177Swdenk required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1718 17ea1177Swdenk 1719 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1720 17ea1177Swdenk 1721 17ea1177Swdenk Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1722 17ea1177Swdenk command issued before MII status register can be read 1723 17ea1177Swdenk 1724 c609719bSwdenk- Ethernet address: 1725 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETHADDR 1726 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1727 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1728 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1729 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1730 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1731 c609719bSwdenk 1732 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1733 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1734 c609719bSwdenk is not determined automatically. 1735 c609719bSwdenk 1736 c609719bSwdenk- IP address: 1737 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_IPADDR 1738 c609719bSwdenk 1739 c609719bSwdenk Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1740 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1741 c609719bSwdenk determined through e.g. bootp. 1742 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1743 c609719bSwdenk 1744 c609719bSwdenk- Server IP address: 1745 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SERVERIP 1746 c609719bSwdenk 1747 c609719bSwdenk Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1748 c609719bSwdenk server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1749 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "serverip") 1750 c609719bSwdenk 1751 97cfe861SRobin Getz CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1752 97cfe861SRobin Getz 1753 97cfe861SRobin Getz Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1754 97cfe861SRobin Getz for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1755 97cfe861SRobin Getz 1756 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk- Gateway IP address: 1757 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1758 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1759 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1760 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk default router where packets to other networks are 1761 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk sent to. 1762 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1763 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1764 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk- Subnet mask: 1765 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_NETMASK 1766 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1767 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1768 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1769 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1770 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk forwarded through a router. 1771 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "netmask") 1772 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1773 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff- Multicast TFTP Mode: 1774 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1775 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff 1776 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1777 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1778 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1779 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1780 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff multicast group. 1781 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff 1782 c609719bSwdenk- BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1783 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1784 c609719bSwdenk 1785 c609719bSwdenk If you have many targets in a network that try to 1786 c609719bSwdenk boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1787 c609719bSwdenk systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1788 c609719bSwdenk moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1789 c609719bSwdenk from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1790 c609719bSwdenk boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1791 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1792 c609719bSwdenk inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1793 6c33c785SWolfgang Denk following delays are inserted then: 1794 c609719bSwdenk 1795 c609719bSwdenk 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1796 c609719bSwdenk 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1797 c609719bSwdenk 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1798 c609719bSwdenk 4th and following 1799 c609719bSwdenk BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1800 c609719bSwdenk 1801 fe389a82Sstroese- DHCP Advanced Options: 1802 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1803 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1804 fe389a82Sstroese 1805 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1806 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1807 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1808 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1809 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1810 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1811 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1812 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1813 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1814 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1815 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1816 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1817 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1818 fe389a82Sstroese 1819 5d110f0aSWilson Callan CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1820 5d110f0aSWilson Callan environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1821 fe389a82Sstroese 1822 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1823 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1824 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1825 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1826 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger is not available. 1827 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger 1828 fe389a82Sstroese CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1829 fe389a82Sstroese serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1830 fe389a82Sstroese than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1831 fe389a82Sstroese If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1832 fe389a82Sstroese serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1833 fe389a82Sstroese variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1834 fe389a82Sstroese stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1835 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger is defined. 1836 fe389a82Sstroese 1837 fe389a82Sstroese CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1838 fe389a82Sstroese to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1839 fe389a82Sstroese need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1840 5d110f0aSWilson Callan If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1841 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1842 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger option 12 to the DHCP server. 1843 fe389a82Sstroese 1844 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1845 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas 1846 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1847 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1848 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1849 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1850 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1851 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1852 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1853 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1854 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1855 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1856 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas this delay. 1857 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas 1858 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1859 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1860 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1861 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1862 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1863 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger 1864 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1865 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger 1866 a3d991bdSwdenk - CDP Options: 1867 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1868 a3d991bdSwdenk 1869 a3d991bdSwdenk The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1870 a3d991bdSwdenk 1871 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1872 a3d991bdSwdenk 1873 a3d991bdSwdenk A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1874 a3d991bdSwdenk of the device. 1875 a3d991bdSwdenk 1876 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1877 a3d991bdSwdenk 1878 a3d991bdSwdenk A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1879 a3d991bdSwdenk the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1880 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1881 a3d991bdSwdenk 1882 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1883 a3d991bdSwdenk 1884 a3d991bdSwdenk A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1885 a3d991bdSwdenk 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1886 a3d991bdSwdenk 1887 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1888 a3d991bdSwdenk 1889 a3d991bdSwdenk An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1890 a3d991bdSwdenk 1891 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1892 a3d991bdSwdenk 1893 a3d991bdSwdenk An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1894 a3d991bdSwdenk 1895 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1896 a3d991bdSwdenk 1897 a3d991bdSwdenk A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1898 a3d991bdSwdenk 1899 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 1900 a3d991bdSwdenk 1901 a3d991bdSwdenk A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 1902 a3d991bdSwdenk device in .1 of milliwatts. 1903 a3d991bdSwdenk 1904 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 1905 a3d991bdSwdenk 1906 a3d991bdSwdenk A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 1907 a3d991bdSwdenk 1908 c609719bSwdenk- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 1909 c609719bSwdenk 1910 c609719bSwdenk Several configurations allow to display the current 1911 c609719bSwdenk status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 1912 c609719bSwdenk fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 1913 c609719bSwdenk soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 1914 c609719bSwdenk start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 1915 c609719bSwdenk (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 1916 c609719bSwdenk kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 1917 c609719bSwdenk feature in U-Boot. 1918 c609719bSwdenk 1919 c609719bSwdenk- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 1920 c609719bSwdenk 1921 c609719bSwdenk Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 1922 c609719bSwdenk on those systems that support this (optional) 1923 c609719bSwdenk feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 1924 c609719bSwdenk 1925 c609719bSwdenk- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C 1926 c609719bSwdenk 1927 b37c7e5eSwdenk These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of 1928 b37c7e5eSwdenk (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will 1929 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU. 1930 c609719bSwdenk 1931 b37c7e5eSwdenk This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 1932 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 1933 b37c7e5eSwdenk CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 1934 b37c7e5eSwdenk clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 1935 c609719bSwdenk command line interface. 1936 c609719bSwdenk 1937 bb99ad6dSBen Warren CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 1938 c609719bSwdenk 1939 b37c7e5eSwdenk CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka 1940 b37c7e5eSwdenk bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware 1941 b37c7e5eSwdenk support for I2C. 1942 c609719bSwdenk 1943 b37c7e5eSwdenk There are several other quantities that must also be 1944 b37c7e5eSwdenk defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C. 1945 c609719bSwdenk 1946 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 1947 b37c7e5eSwdenk to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 1948 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 1949 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the CPU's i2c node address). 1950 c609719bSwdenk 1951 8d321b81SPeter Tyser Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 1952 a47a12beSStefan Roese (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 1953 8d321b81SPeter Tyser and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 1954 8d321b81SPeter Tyser eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 1955 8d321b81SPeter Tyser CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 1956 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1957 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 1958 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt 1959 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 1960 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt chips might think that the current transfer is still 1961 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 1962 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt commands until the slave device responds. 1963 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt 1964 b37c7e5eSwdenk That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 1965 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1966 b37c7e5eSwdenk If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C) 1967 b37c7e5eSwdenk then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 1968 b37c7e5eSwdenk from include/configs/lwmon.h): 1969 c609719bSwdenk 1970 c609719bSwdenk I2C_INIT 1971 c609719bSwdenk 1972 b37c7e5eSwdenk (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 1973 c609719bSwdenk controller or configure ports. 1974 c609719bSwdenk 1975 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 1976 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1977 c609719bSwdenk I2C_PORT 1978 c609719bSwdenk 1979 c609719bSwdenk (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 1980 c609719bSwdenk assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 1981 c609719bSwdenk are 0..3 for ports A..D. 1982 c609719bSwdenk 1983 c609719bSwdenk I2C_ACTIVE 1984 c609719bSwdenk 1985 c609719bSwdenk The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 1986 c609719bSwdenk (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 1987 c609719bSwdenk define can be null. 1988 c609719bSwdenk 1989 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 1990 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1991 c609719bSwdenk I2C_TRISTATE 1992 c609719bSwdenk 1993 c609719bSwdenk The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 1994 c609719bSwdenk (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 1995 c609719bSwdenk define can be null. 1996 c609719bSwdenk 1997 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 1998 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1999 c609719bSwdenk I2C_READ 2000 c609719bSwdenk 2001 472d5460SYork Sun Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2002 472d5460SYork Sun false if it is low. 2003 c609719bSwdenk 2004 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2005 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2006 c609719bSwdenk I2C_SDA(bit) 2007 c609719bSwdenk 2008 472d5460SYork Sun If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2009 472d5460SYork Sun is false, it clears it (low). 2010 c609719bSwdenk 2011 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2012 b37c7e5eSwdenk if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2013 b37c7e5eSwdenk else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2014 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2015 c609719bSwdenk I2C_SCL(bit) 2016 c609719bSwdenk 2017 472d5460SYork Sun If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2018 472d5460SYork Sun is false, it clears it (low). 2019 c609719bSwdenk 2020 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2021 b37c7e5eSwdenk if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2022 b37c7e5eSwdenk else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2023 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2024 c609719bSwdenk I2C_DELAY 2025 c609719bSwdenk 2026 c609719bSwdenk This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2027 c609719bSwdenk controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2028 b37c7e5eSwdenk is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2029 b37c7e5eSwdenk like: 2030 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2031 b37c7e5eSwdenk #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2032 c609719bSwdenk 2033 793b5726SMike Frysinger CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2034 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2035 793b5726SMike Frysinger If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2036 793b5726SMike Frysinger then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2037 793b5726SMike Frysinger used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2038 793b5726SMike Frysinger have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2039 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2040 793b5726SMike Frysinger You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2041 793b5726SMike Frysinger the generic GPIO functions. 2042 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2043 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2044 47cd00faSwdenk 2045 47cd00faSwdenk When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2046 47cd00faSwdenk chips might think that the current transfer is still 2047 47cd00faSwdenk in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2048 47cd00faSwdenk the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2049 47cd00faSwdenk processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2050 47cd00faSwdenk connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2051 47cd00faSwdenk custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2052 47cd00faSwdenk is run early in the boot sequence. 2053 47cd00faSwdenk 2054 26a33504SRichard Retanubun CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2055 26a33504SRichard Retanubun 2056 26a33504SRichard Retanubun An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2057 26a33504SRichard Retanubun defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2058 26a33504SRichard Retanubun boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2059 26a33504SRichard Retanubun is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2060 26a33504SRichard Retanubun using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2061 26a33504SRichard Retanubun controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2062 26a33504SRichard Retanubun i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2063 26a33504SRichard Retanubun controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2064 26a33504SRichard Retanubun 2065 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2066 17ea1177Swdenk 2067 17ea1177Swdenk This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2068 17ea1177Swdenk in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2069 17ea1177Swdenk variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2070 17ea1177Swdenk 2071 bb99ad6dSBen Warren CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2072 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2073 bb99ad6dSBen Warren This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2074 bb99ad6dSBen Warren must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2075 bb99ad6dSBen Warren active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2076 bb99ad6dSBen Warren Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2077 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2078 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2079 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2080 bb99ad6dSBen Warren This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2081 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2082 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2083 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser a 1D array of device addresses 2084 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2085 bb99ad6dSBen Warren e.g. 2086 bb99ad6dSBen Warren #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2087 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2088 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2089 bb99ad6dSBen Warren will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2090 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2091 bb99ad6dSBen Warren #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2092 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2093 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2094 bb99ad6dSBen Warren will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2095 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2096 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2097 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2098 be5e6181STimur Tabi If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2099 be5e6181STimur Tabi If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2100 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2101 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2102 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2103 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2104 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2105 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2106 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2107 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2108 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2109 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2110 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2111 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2112 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo 2113 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2114 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2115 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo specified DTT device. 2116 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo 2117 be5e6181STimur Tabi CONFIG_FSL_I2C 2118 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2119 be5e6181STimur Tabi Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in 2120 7817cb20SMarcel Ziswiler drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c. 2121 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2122 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_I2C_MUX 2123 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2124 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n 2125 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C 2126 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a 2127 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the 2128 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for 2129 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher the muxes to activate this new "bus". 2130 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2131 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this 2132 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher feature! 2133 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2134 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Example: 2135 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes 2136 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher The First mux with address 70 and channel 6 2137 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4 2138 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2139 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4 2140 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2141 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list 2142 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher of I2C Busses with muxes: 2143 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2144 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher => i2c bus 2145 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Busses reached over muxes: 2146 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Bus ID: 2 2147 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher reached over Mux(es): 2148 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher pca9544a@70 ch: 4 2149 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Bus ID: 3 2150 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher reached over Mux(es): 2151 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher pca9544a@70 ch: 6 2152 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher pca9544a@71 ch: 4 2153 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher => 2154 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2155 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3" 2156 f9a78b8dSMichael Jones u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable 2157 f9a78b8dSMichael Jones channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable 2158 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher the channel 4. 2159 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2160 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as 2161 f9a78b8dSMichael Jones usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind 2162 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher the 2 muxes. 2163 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2164 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging 2165 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C 2166 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult 2167 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher to add this option to other architectures. 2168 67b23a32SHeiko Schocher 2169 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2170 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer 2171 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2172 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2173 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer between writing the address pointer and reading the 2174 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2175 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2176 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer devices can use either method, but some require one or 2177 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer the other. 2178 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2179 c609719bSwdenk- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2180 c609719bSwdenk 2181 c609719bSwdenk Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2182 c609719bSwdenk SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2183 c609719bSwdenk D/As on the SACSng board) 2184 c609719bSwdenk 2185 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_SPI 2186 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda 2187 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2188 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda only SH7757 is supported. 2189 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda 2190 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SPI_X 2191 c609719bSwdenk 2192 c609719bSwdenk Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2193 c609719bSwdenk (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2194 c609719bSwdenk 2195 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2196 c609719bSwdenk 2197 c609719bSwdenk Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2198 c609719bSwdenk using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2199 c609719bSwdenk driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2200 c609719bSwdenk (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2201 c609719bSwdenk defined, the board configuration must define several 2202 c609719bSwdenk SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2203 c609719bSwdenk an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2204 c609719bSwdenk 2205 04a9e118SBen Warren CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2206 04a9e118SBen Warren 2207 04a9e118SBen Warren Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2208 04a9e118SBen Warren and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2209 04a9e118SBen Warren must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2210 04a9e118SBen Warren Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2211 04a9e118SBen Warren example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2212 04a9e118SBen Warren 2213 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2214 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski 2215 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2216 2e3cd1cdSFabio Estevam SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2217 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski 2218 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2219 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2220 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables FPGA subsystem. 2221 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2222 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2223 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2224 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2225 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs (ALTERA, XILINX) 2226 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2227 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2228 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2229 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables support for FPGA family. 2230 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2231 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2232 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2233 c609719bSwdenk 2234 c609719bSwdenk Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2235 c609719bSwdenk 2236 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2237 c609719bSwdenk 2238 c609719bSwdenk Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2239 c609719bSwdenk 2240 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2241 c609719bSwdenk 2242 c609719bSwdenk Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2243 c609719bSwdenk status by the configuration function. This option 2244 c609719bSwdenk will require a board or device specific function to 2245 c609719bSwdenk be written. 2246 c609719bSwdenk 2247 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2248 c609719bSwdenk 2249 c609719bSwdenk If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2250 c609719bSwdenk configuration driver. 2251 c609719bSwdenk 2252 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2253 c609719bSwdenk Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2254 c609719bSwdenk 2255 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2256 c609719bSwdenk 2257 c609719bSwdenk Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2258 c609719bSwdenk loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2259 c609719bSwdenk configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2260 c609719bSwdenk indicated a CRC error). 2261 c609719bSwdenk 2262 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2263 c609719bSwdenk 2264 c609719bSwdenk Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2265 c609719bSwdenk after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2266 c609719bSwdenk FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2267 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler ms. 2268 c609719bSwdenk 2269 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2270 c609719bSwdenk 2271 c609719bSwdenk Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2272 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2273 c609719bSwdenk 2274 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2275 c609719bSwdenk 2276 c609719bSwdenk Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2277 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 200 ms. 2278 c609719bSwdenk 2279 c609719bSwdenk- Configuration Management: 2280 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2281 c609719bSwdenk 2282 c609719bSwdenk If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2283 c609719bSwdenk version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2284 c609719bSwdenk 2285 c609719bSwdenk- Vendor Parameter Protection: 2286 c609719bSwdenk 2287 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2288 c609719bSwdenk variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2289 7152b1d0Swdenk "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2290 c609719bSwdenk are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2291 c609719bSwdenk protects these variables from casual modification by 2292 c609719bSwdenk the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2293 c609719bSwdenk and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2294 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler change this behaviour: 2295 c609719bSwdenk 2296 c609719bSwdenk If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2297 c609719bSwdenk file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2298 47cd00faSwdenk completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2299 c609719bSwdenk these parameters. 2300 c609719bSwdenk 2301 c609719bSwdenk Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2302 c609719bSwdenk _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2303 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2304 c609719bSwdenk which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2305 c609719bSwdenk serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2306 c609719bSwdenk read-only.] 2307 c609719bSwdenk 2308 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2309 2598090bSJoe Hershberger for any variable by configuring the type of access 2310 2598090bSJoe Hershberger to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2311 2598090bSJoe Hershberger or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2312 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 2313 c609719bSwdenk- Protected RAM: 2314 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PRAM 2315 c609719bSwdenk 2316 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2317 c609719bSwdenk "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2318 c609719bSwdenk by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2319 c609719bSwdenk kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2320 c609719bSwdenk this default value by defining an environment 2321 c609719bSwdenk variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2322 c609719bSwdenk reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2323 c609719bSwdenk still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2324 c609719bSwdenk reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2325 c609719bSwdenk automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2326 c609719bSwdenk remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2327 c609719bSwdenk argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2328 c609719bSwdenk 2329 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2330 c609719bSwdenk saveenv 2331 c609719bSwdenk 2332 c609719bSwdenk This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2333 c609719bSwdenk either, which results in a memory region that will 2334 c609719bSwdenk not be affected by reboots. 2335 c609719bSwdenk 2336 c609719bSwdenk *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2337 c609719bSwdenk detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2338 c609719bSwdenk this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2339 c609719bSwdenk following board configurations are known to be 2340 c609719bSwdenk "pRAM-clean": 2341 c609719bSwdenk 2342 1b0757ecSWolfgang Denk IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2343 1b0757ecSWolfgang Denk HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2344 544d97e9SWolfgang Denk FLAGADM, TQM8260 2345 c609719bSwdenk 2346 40fef049SGabe Black- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2347 40fef049SGabe Black Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2348 40fef049SGabe Black normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2349 40fef049SGabe Black support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2350 40fef049SGabe Black machines using physical address extension or similar. 2351 40fef049SGabe Black Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2352 40fef049SGabe Black currently only supports clearing the memory. 2353 40fef049SGabe Black 2354 c609719bSwdenk- Error Recovery: 2355 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2356 c609719bSwdenk 2357 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2358 c609719bSwdenk fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2359 c609719bSwdenk This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2360 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler system where you want the system to reboot 2361 c609719bSwdenk automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2362 c609719bSwdenk useful during development since you can try to debug 2363 c609719bSwdenk the conditions that lead to the situation. 2364 c609719bSwdenk 2365 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2366 c609719bSwdenk 2367 c609719bSwdenk This variable defines the number of retries for 2368 c609719bSwdenk network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2369 c609719bSwdenk before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2370 c609719bSwdenk default value of 5 is used. 2371 c609719bSwdenk 2372 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2373 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski 2374 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2375 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski 2376 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2377 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi 2378 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2379 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2380 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi try longer timeout such as 2381 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2382 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi 2383 c609719bSwdenk- Command Interpreter: 2384 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2385 04a85b3bSwdenk 2386 04a85b3bSwdenk Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2387 04a85b3bSwdenk 2388 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2389 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk for the "hush" shell. 2390 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk 2391 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk 2392 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2393 c609719bSwdenk 2394 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2395 c609719bSwdenk Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2396 c609719bSwdenk powerful command line syntax like 2397 c609719bSwdenk if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2398 c609719bSwdenk constructs ("shell scripts"). 2399 c609719bSwdenk 2400 c609719bSwdenk If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2401 c609719bSwdenk with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2402 c609719bSwdenk 2403 c609719bSwdenk 2404 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2405 c609719bSwdenk 2406 c609719bSwdenk This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2407 c609719bSwdenk printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2408 c609719bSwdenk to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2409 c609719bSwdenk 2410 c609719bSwdenk Note: 2411 c609719bSwdenk 2412 c609719bSwdenk In the current implementation, the local variables 2413 c609719bSwdenk space and global environment variables space are 2414 c609719bSwdenk separated. Local variables are those you define by 2415 3b57fe0aSwdenk simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2416 c609719bSwdenk variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2417 3b57fe0aSwdenk `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2418 3b57fe0aSwdenk directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2419 c609719bSwdenk 2420 c609719bSwdenk Global environment variables are those you use 2421 c609719bSwdenk setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2422 c609719bSwdenk in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2423 c609719bSwdenk and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2424 c609719bSwdenk 2425 c609719bSwdenk To store commands and special characters in a 2426 c609719bSwdenk variable, please use double quotation marks 2427 c609719bSwdenk surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2428 c609719bSwdenk of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2429 c609719bSwdenk symbols. 2430 c609719bSwdenk 2431 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk- Commandline Editing and History: 2432 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2433 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk 2434 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2435 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk commandline input operations 2436 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk 2437 a8c7c708Swdenk- Default Environment: 2438 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2439 c609719bSwdenk 2440 c609719bSwdenk Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2441 c609719bSwdenk strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2442 7152b1d0Swdenk the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2443 2262cfeeSwdenk 2444 c609719bSwdenk For example, place something like this in your 2445 c609719bSwdenk board's config file: 2446 c609719bSwdenk 2447 c609719bSwdenk #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2448 c609719bSwdenk "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2449 c609719bSwdenk "myvar2=value2\0" 2450 c609719bSwdenk 2451 c609719bSwdenk Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2452 c609719bSwdenk internal format how the environment is stored by the 2453 2262cfeeSwdenk U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2454 c609719bSwdenk interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2455 7152b1d0Swdenk will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2456 c609719bSwdenk You better know what you are doing here. 2457 c609719bSwdenk 2458 c609719bSwdenk Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2459 c609719bSwdenk discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2460 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk the environment like the "source" command or the 2461 c609719bSwdenk boot command first. 2462 c609719bSwdenk 2463 5e724ca2SStephen Warren CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2464 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2465 5e724ca2SStephen Warren Define this in order to add variables describing the 2466 5e724ca2SStephen Warren U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2467 5e724ca2SStephen Warren These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2468 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2469 5e724ca2SStephen Warren Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2470 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2471 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2472 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2473 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2474 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2475 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2476 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2477 7e27f89fSTom Rini CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2478 7e27f89fSTom Rini 2479 7e27f89fSTom Rini Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2480 7e27f89fSTom Rini run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2481 7e27f89fSTom Rini environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2482 7e27f89fSTom Rini 2483 06fd8538SSimon Glass CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2484 06fd8538SSimon Glass 2485 06fd8538SSimon Glass Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2486 06fd8538SSimon Glass intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2487 06fd8538SSimon Glass that so that the environment is not available until 2488 06fd8538SSimon Glass explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2489 06fd8538SSimon Glass this is instead controlled by the value of 2490 06fd8538SSimon Glass /config/load-environment. 2491 06fd8538SSimon Glass 2492 a8c7c708Swdenk- DataFlash Support: 2493 2abbe075Swdenk CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2494 2abbe075Swdenk 2495 2abbe075Swdenk Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2496 2abbe075Swdenk allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2497 2abbe075Swdenk commands cp, md... 2498 2abbe075Swdenk 2499 f61ec45eSEric Nelson- Serial Flash support 2500 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_CMD_SF 2501 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2502 f61ec45eSEric Nelson Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2503 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2504 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2505 f61ec45eSEric Nelson Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2506 f61ec45eSEric Nelson flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2507 f61ec45eSEric Nelson commands. 2508 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2509 f61ec45eSEric Nelson The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2510 f61ec45eSEric Nelson to handle the common case when only a single serial 2511 f61ec45eSEric Nelson flash is present on the system. 2512 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2513 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2514 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2515 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2516 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2517 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2518 24007273SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2519 24007273SSimon Glass 2520 24007273SSimon Glass Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2521 24007273SSimon Glass test ('sf test'). 2522 24007273SSimon Glass 2523 3f85ce27Swdenk- SystemACE Support: 2524 3f85ce27Swdenk CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2525 3f85ce27Swdenk 2526 3f85ce27Swdenk Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2527 3f85ce27Swdenk chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2528 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler of the chip must also be defined in the 2529 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2530 3f85ce27Swdenk 2531 3f85ce27Swdenk #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2532 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2533 3f85ce27Swdenk 2534 3f85ce27Swdenk When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2535 3f85ce27Swdenk becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2536 3f85ce27Swdenk 2537 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk- TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2538 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2539 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2540 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2541 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2542 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2543 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk number generator is used. 2544 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2545 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2546 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2547 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2548 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk 2549 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2550 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2551 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2552 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2553 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2554 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2555 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk but sometimes that is not allowed. 2556 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2557 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass- Hashing support: 2558 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2559 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2560 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2561 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2562 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2563 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2564 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2565 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2566 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass size a little. 2567 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2568 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2569 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2570 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2571 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2572 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2573 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2574 a8c7c708Swdenk- Show boot progress: 2575 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2576 c609719bSwdenk 2577 c609719bSwdenk Defining this option allows to add some board- 2578 c609719bSwdenk specific code (calling a user-provided function 2579 c609719bSwdenk "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2580 c609719bSwdenk the system's boot progress on some display (for 2581 c609719bSwdenk example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2582 c609719bSwdenk the following checkpoints are implemented: 2583 c609719bSwdenk 2584 3a608ca0SSimon Glass- Detailed boot stage timing 2585 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2586 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2587 3a608ca0SSimon Glass of the boot process. 2588 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2589 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2590 3a608ca0SSimon Glass This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2591 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2592 3a608ca0SSimon Glass a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2593 3a608ca0SSimon Glass the limit, recording will stop. 2594 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2595 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2596 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2597 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2598 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Timer summary in microseconds: 2599 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Mark Elapsed Stage 2600 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 0 0 reset 2601 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2602 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2603 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2604 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2605 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2606 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2607 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2608 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2609 2eba38cfSSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2610 2eba38cfSSimon Glass Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2611 2eba38cfSSimon Glass and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2612 2eba38cfSSimon Glass 2613 94fd1316SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2614 94fd1316SSimon Glass Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2615 94fd1316SSimon Glass node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2616 94fd1316SSimon Glass has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2617 94fd1316SSimon Glass mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2618 94fd1316SSimon Glass accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2619 94fd1316SSimon Glass For example: 2620 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2621 94fd1316SSimon Glass bootstage { 2622 94fd1316SSimon Glass 154 { 2623 94fd1316SSimon Glass name = "board_init_f"; 2624 94fd1316SSimon Glass mark = <3575678>; 2625 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2626 94fd1316SSimon Glass 170 { 2627 94fd1316SSimon Glass name = "lcd"; 2628 94fd1316SSimon Glass accum = <33482>; 2629 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2630 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2631 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2632 94fd1316SSimon Glass Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2633 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2634 1372cce2SMarian BalakowiczLegacy uImage format: 2635 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2636 c609719bSwdenk Arg Where When 2637 c609719bSwdenk 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2638 c609719bSwdenk -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2639 c609719bSwdenk 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2640 c609719bSwdenk -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2641 c609719bSwdenk 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2642 c609719bSwdenk -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2643 c609719bSwdenk 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2644 c609719bSwdenk -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2645 c609719bSwdenk 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2646 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2647 c609719bSwdenk 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2648 c609719bSwdenk -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2649 c609719bSwdenk -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2650 c609719bSwdenk 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2651 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2652 c609719bSwdenk -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2653 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2654 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2655 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2656 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2657 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2658 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2659 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2660 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2661 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2662 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2663 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2664 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2665 ea0364f1SPeter Tyser 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2666 c609719bSwdenk 2667 a47a12beSStefan Roese -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2668 63e73c9aSwdenk -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2669 63e73c9aSwdenk -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2670 63e73c9aSwdenk 2671 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2672 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2673 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2674 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2675 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2676 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2677 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2678 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2679 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2680 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2681 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2682 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2683 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2684 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2685 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2686 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2687 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2688 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2689 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2690 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2691 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2692 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2693 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2694 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2695 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2696 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2697 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2698 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2699 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2700 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2701 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2702 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2703 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2704 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2705 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2706 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2707 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2708 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2709 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2710 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2711 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2712 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2713 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2714 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2715 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2716 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 2717 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 2718 c609719bSwdenk 2719 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 2720 c609719bSwdenk 2721 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 2722 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 2723 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 2724 206c60cbSwdenk 2725 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 2726 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 2727 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 2728 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 2729 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 2730 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 2731 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 2732 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 2733 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 2734 c609719bSwdenk 2735 1372cce2SMarian BalakowiczFIT uImage format: 2736 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2737 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz Arg Where When 2738 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 2739 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 2740 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 2741 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 2742 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 2743 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 2744 f773bea8SMarian Balakowicz 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 2745 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 2746 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 2747 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 2748 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 2749 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2750 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 2751 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 2752 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 2753 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 2754 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 2755 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 2756 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 2757 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 2758 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 2759 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 2760 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2761 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2762 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 2763 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 2764 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 2765 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 2766 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 2767 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 2768 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 2769 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 2770 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 2771 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 2772 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 2773 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 2774 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 2775 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 2776 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 2777 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2778 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 2779 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 2780 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2781 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 2782 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 2783 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2784 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 2785 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 2786 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2787 d95f6ec7SGabe Black- FIT image support: 2788 d95f6ec7SGabe Black CONFIG_FIT 2789 d95f6ec7SGabe Black Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 2790 d95f6ec7SGabe Black 2791 d95f6ec7SGabe Black CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 2792 d95f6ec7SGabe Black When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 2793 d95f6ec7SGabe Black one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 2794 d95f6ec7SGabe Black U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 2795 d95f6ec7SGabe Black most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 2796 d95f6ec7SGabe Black The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 2797 d95f6ec7SGabe Black 2798 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk- Standalone program support: 2799 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 2800 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2801 6feff899SWolfgang Denk This option defines a board specific value for the 2802 6feff899SWolfgang Denk address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 2803 6feff899SWolfgang Denk overwriting the architecture dependent default 2804 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk settings. 2805 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2806 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk- Frame Buffer Address: 2807 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_FB_ADDR 2808 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2809 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 2810 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 2811 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk when using a graphics controller has separate video 2812 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 2813 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 2814 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 2815 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 2816 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk configured panel size. 2817 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2818 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk Please see board_init_f function. 2819 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2820 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel- Automatic software updates via TFTP server 2821 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 2822 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 2823 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 2824 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2825 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 2826 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 2827 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2828 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 2829 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 2830 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2831 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 2832 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Needed for mtdparts command support. 2833 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2834 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 2835 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2836 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 2837 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel kernel. Needed for UBI support. 2838 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2839 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger- UBI support 2840 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_UBI 2841 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2842 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 2843 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger with the UBI flash translation layer 2844 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2845 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 2846 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2847 147162daSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 2848 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2849 147162daSJoe Hershberger Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 2850 147162daSJoe Hershberger warnings and errors enabled. 2851 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2852 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger- UBIFS support 2853 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 2854 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2855 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 2856 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 2857 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2858 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 2859 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2860 147162daSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 2861 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2862 147162daSJoe Hershberger Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 2863 147162daSJoe Hershberger warnings and errors enabled. 2864 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2865 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck- SPL framework 2866 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL 2867 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Enable building of SPL globally. 2868 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2869 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 2870 95579793STom Rini LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 2871 95579793STom Rini 2872 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 2873 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 2874 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 2875 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2876 8960af8bSAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2877 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD must not be both defined at the same time. 2878 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD 2879 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 2880 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 2881 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 2882 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 2883 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD not exceed it. 2884 95579793STom Rini 2885 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 2886 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 2887 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2888 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 2889 94a45bb1SScott Wood Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 2890 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 2891 94a45bb1SScott Wood 2892 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 2893 95579793STom Rini Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 2894 95579793STom Rini 2895 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2896 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 2897 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 2898 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2899 8960af8bSAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2900 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD must not be both defined at the same time. 2901 95579793STom Rini 2902 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_STACK 2903 95579793STom Rini Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 2904 95579793STom Rini 2905 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 2906 94a45bb1SScott Wood Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 2907 94a45bb1SScott Wood relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 2908 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 2909 94a45bb1SScott Wood 2910 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 2911 95579793STom Rini Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2912 95579793STom Rini 2913 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 2914 95579793STom Rini The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2915 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2916 47f7bcaeSTom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 2917 47f7bcaeSTom Rini Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 2918 47f7bcaeSTom Rini supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 2919 47f7bcaeSTom Rini NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 2920 47f7bcaeSTom Rini 2921 861a86f4STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 2922 861a86f4STom Rini For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 2923 861a86f4STom Rini about the running system. 2924 861a86f4STom Rini 2925 4b919725SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 2926 4b919725SScott Wood Arch init code should be built for a very small image 2927 4b919725SScott Wood 2928 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 2929 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 2930 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2931 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 2932 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 2933 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2934 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 2935 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 2936 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2937 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 2938 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 2939 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2940 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 2941 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 2942 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2943 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 2944 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 2945 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 2946 95579793STom Rini Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 2947 95579793STom Rini when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 2948 95579793STom Rini 2949 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 2950 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 2951 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 2952 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard 2953 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 2954 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 2955 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 2956 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 2957 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard (for falcon mode) 2958 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard 2959 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 2960 95579793STom Rini Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 2961 95579793STom Rini 2962 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 2963 95579793STom Rini Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 2964 95579793STom Rini 2965 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 2966 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 2967 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard from FAT (for Falcon mode) 2968 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard 2969 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 2970 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 2971 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) 2972 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard 2973 06f60ae3SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 2974 06f60ae3SScott Wood Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 2975 06f60ae3SScott Wood start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 2976 06f60ae3SScott Wood continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 2977 06f60ae3SScott Wood loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 2978 06f60ae3SScott Wood 2979 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 2980 6f2f01b9SScott Wood Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 2981 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 2982 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 2983 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 2984 6f2f01b9SScott Wood SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 2985 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 2986 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 2987 6f2f01b9SScott Wood Include standard software ECC in the SPL 2988 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 2989 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 2990 7d4b7955SScott Wood Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 2991 7d4b7955SScott Wood expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 2992 95579793STom Rini 2993 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 2994 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 2995 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 2996 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 2997 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 2998 95579793STom Rini Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 2999 7d4b7955SScott Wood to read U-Boot 3000 95579793STom Rini 3001 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3002 7d4b7955SScott Wood Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3003 7d4b7955SScott Wood 3004 7d4b7955SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3005 7d4b7955SScott Wood Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3006 7d4b7955SScott Wood 3007 7d4b7955SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3008 7d4b7955SScott Wood Size of image to load 3009 95579793STom Rini 3010 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3011 7d4b7955SScott Wood Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3012 95579793STom Rini 3013 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3014 95579793STom Rini Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3015 95579793STom Rini data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 3016 95579793STom Rini 3017 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3018 95579793STom Rini Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3019 95579793STom Rini ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3020 95579793STom Rini 3021 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3022 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3023 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3024 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3025 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3026 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3027 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3028 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3029 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3030 c57b953dSPavel Machek CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3031 c57b953dSPavel Machek Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3032 c57b953dSPavel Machek 3033 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3034 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3035 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 3036 74752baaSScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3037 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3038 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3039 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3040 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3041 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3042 74752baaSScott Wood 3043 ca2fca22SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3044 ca2fca22SScott Wood Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3045 ca2fca22SScott Wood use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3046 ca2fca22SScott Wood example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3047 ca2fca22SScott Wood 3048 87ebee39SSimon Glass CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3049 87ebee39SSimon Glass Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3050 87ebee39SSimon Glass code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3051 87ebee39SSimon Glass option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3052 87ebee39SSimon Glass bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3053 87ebee39SSimon Glass 3054 c609719bSwdenkModem Support: 3055 c609719bSwdenk-------------- 3056 c609719bSwdenk 3057 566e5cf4SWolfgang Denk[so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3058 c609719bSwdenk 3059 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler- Modem support enable: 3060 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3061 c609719bSwdenk 3062 c609719bSwdenk- RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3063 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_HWFLOW 3064 c609719bSwdenk 3065 c609719bSwdenk- Modem debug support: 3066 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3067 c609719bSwdenk 3068 c609719bSwdenk Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3069 c609719bSwdenk for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3070 c609719bSwdenk 3071 a8c7c708Swdenk- Interrupt support (PPC): 3072 a8c7c708Swdenk 3073 a8c7c708Swdenk There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3074 a8c7c708Swdenk for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3075 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3076 a8c7c708Swdenk should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3077 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3078 a8c7c708Swdenk (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3079 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3080 a8c7c708Swdenk specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3081 a8c7c708Swdenk / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3082 a8c7c708Swdenk general timer_interrupt(). 3083 a8c7c708Swdenk 3084 c609719bSwdenk- General: 3085 c609719bSwdenk 3086 c609719bSwdenk In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3087 c609719bSwdenk specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3088 c609719bSwdenk power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3089 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3090 c609719bSwdenk board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3091 c609719bSwdenk function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3092 c609719bSwdenk initialization. 3093 c609719bSwdenk 3094 c609719bSwdenk If there are no modem init strings in the 3095 c609719bSwdenk environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3096 c609719bSwdenk previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3097 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler suppressed, though. 3098 c609719bSwdenk 3099 c609719bSwdenk See also: doc/README.Modem 3100 c609719bSwdenk 3101 9660e442SHelmut RaigerBoard initialization settings: 3102 9660e442SHelmut Raiger------------------------------ 3103 9660e442SHelmut Raiger 3104 9660e442SHelmut RaigerDuring Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3105 9660e442SHelmut Raigerto allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3106 9660e442SHelmut Raigerbefore drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3107 9660e442SHelmut Raigerfollowing configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3108 9660e442SHelmut Raigerarchitecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3109 9660e442SHelmut Raigertypically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3110 9660e442SHelmut Raiger 3111 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3112 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3113 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3114 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3115 c609719bSwdenk 3116 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration Settings: 3117 c609719bSwdenk----------------------- 3118 c609719bSwdenk 3119 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3120 c609719bSwdenk undefine this when you're short of memory. 3121 c609719bSwdenk 3122 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3123 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3124 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser 3125 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3126 c609719bSwdenk prompt for user input. 3127 c609719bSwdenk 3128 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3129 c609719bSwdenk 3130 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3131 c609719bSwdenk 3132 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3133 c609719bSwdenk 3134 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3135 c609719bSwdenk the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3136 c609719bSwdenk booted 3137 c609719bSwdenk 3138 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3139 c609719bSwdenk List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3140 c609719bSwdenk 3141 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3142 c609719bSwdenk Suppress display of console information at boot. 3143 c609719bSwdenk 3144 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3145 c609719bSwdenk If the board specific function 3146 c609719bSwdenk extern int overwrite_console (void); 3147 c609719bSwdenk returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3148 c609719bSwdenk serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3149 c609719bSwdenk 3150 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3151 c609719bSwdenk Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3152 c609719bSwdenk 3153 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3154 c609719bSwdenk Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3155 c609719bSwdenk 3156 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3157 c609719bSwdenk Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3158 c609719bSwdenk simple memory test. 3159 c609719bSwdenk 3160 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3161 c609719bSwdenk Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3162 c609719bSwdenk 3163 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3164 5f535fe1Swdenk Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3165 5f535fe1Swdenk You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3166 5f535fe1Swdenk 3167 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3168 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3169 14f73ca6SStefan Roese this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3170 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3171 14f73ca6SStefan Roese fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3172 14f73ca6SStefan Roese the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3173 14f73ca6SStefan Roese This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3174 5e12e75dSStefan Roese board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3175 14f73ca6SStefan Roese recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3176 5e12e75dSStefan Roese will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3177 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3178 14f73ca6SStefan Roese This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3179 14f73ca6SStefan Roese CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3180 14f73ca6SStefan Roese be touched. 3181 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3182 14f73ca6SStefan Roese WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3183 14f73ca6SStefan Roese the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3184 14f73ca6SStefan Roese then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3185 14f73ca6SStefan Roese non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3186 14f73ca6SStefan Roese problems. 3187 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3188 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3189 c609719bSwdenk Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3190 c609719bSwdenk 3191 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3192 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3193 c609719bSwdenk 3194 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3195 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3196 c609719bSwdenk Cogent motherboard) 3197 c609719bSwdenk 3198 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3199 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of Flash memory. 3200 c609719bSwdenk 3201 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3202 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3203 c609719bSwdenk make config files to be same as the text base address 3204 14d0a02aSWolfgang Denk (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3205 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3206 c609719bSwdenk 3207 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3208 3b57fe0aSwdenk Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3209 3b57fe0aSwdenk determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3210 3b57fe0aSwdenk embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3211 3b57fe0aSwdenk flash sector. 3212 c609719bSwdenk 3213 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3214 c609719bSwdenk Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3215 c609719bSwdenk 3216 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3217 15940c9aSStefan Roese Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3218 15940c9aSStefan Roese uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3219 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3220 15940c9aSStefan Roese to adjust this setting to your needs. 3221 c609719bSwdenk 3222 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3223 c609719bSwdenk Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3224 c609719bSwdenk the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3225 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3226 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3227 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3228 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3229 c3624e6eSGrant Likely and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3230 c3624e6eSGrant Likely variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3231 c3624e6eSGrant Likely CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3232 c3624e6eSGrant Likely then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3233 c609719bSwdenk 3234 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3235 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3236 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3237 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby is enabled. 3238 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3239 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3240 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3241 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3242 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3243 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3244 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3245 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3246 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3247 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3248 c609719bSwdenk Max number of Flash memory banks 3249 c609719bSwdenk 3250 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3251 c609719bSwdenk Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3252 c609719bSwdenk 3253 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3254 c609719bSwdenk Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3255 c609719bSwdenk 3256 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3257 c609719bSwdenk Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3258 c609719bSwdenk 3259 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3260 8564acf9Swdenk Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3261 8564acf9Swdenk 3262 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3263 8564acf9Swdenk Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3264 8564acf9Swdenk 3265 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3266 8564acf9Swdenk If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3267 8564acf9Swdenk instead of U-Boot software protection. 3268 8564acf9Swdenk 3269 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3270 c609719bSwdenk 3271 c609719bSwdenk Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3272 c609719bSwdenk without this option such a download has to be 3273 c609719bSwdenk performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3274 c609719bSwdenk copy from RAM to flash. 3275 c609719bSwdenk 3276 c609719bSwdenk The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3277 c609719bSwdenk you can check if the download worked before you erase 3278 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3279 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3280 c609719bSwdenk downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3281 c609719bSwdenk 3282 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3283 c609719bSwdenk Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3284 5653fc33Swdenk common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3285 5653fc33Swdenk 3286 00b1883aSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3287 5653fc33Swdenk This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3288 5653fc33Swdenk in the drivers directory 3289 53cf9435Sstroese 3290 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3291 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3292 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3293 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik to the MTD layer. 3294 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik 3295 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3296 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski Use buffered writes to flash. 3297 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski 3298 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3299 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3300 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski write commands. 3301 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski 3302 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3303 5568e613SStefan Roese If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3304 5568e613SStefan Roese print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3305 5568e613SStefan Roese is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3306 5568e613SStefan Roese optionally available. 3307 5568e613SStefan Roese 3308 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3309 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3310 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3311 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3312 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren 3313 352ef3f1SStefan Roese- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3314 352ef3f1SStefan Roese If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3315 352ef3f1SStefan Roese against the source after the write operation. An error message 3316 352ef3f1SStefan Roese will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3317 352ef3f1SStefan Roese Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3318 352ef3f1SStefan Roese since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3319 352ef3f1SStefan Roese while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3320 352ef3f1SStefan Roese this option if you really know what you are doing. 3321 352ef3f1SStefan Roese 3322 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3323 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3324 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3325 53cf9435Sstroese to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3326 53cf9435Sstroese buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3327 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler on high Ethernet traffic. 3328 53cf9435Sstroese Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3329 c609719bSwdenk 3330 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3331 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk 3332 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3333 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk internally to store the environment settings. The default 3334 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3335 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3336 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk lib/hashtable.c for details. 3337 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk 3338 2598090bSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3339 2598090bSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3340 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when 3341 2598090bSJoe Hershberger calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3342 2598090bSJoe Hershberger hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3343 2598090bSJoe Hershberger the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3344 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3345 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The format of the list is: 3346 2598090bSJoe Hershberger type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3347 267541f7SJoe Hershberger access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3348 267541f7SJoe Hershberger attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3349 2598090bSJoe Hershberger entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3350 2598090bSJoe Hershberger list = entry[,list] 3351 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3352 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The type attributes are: 3353 2598090bSJoe Hershberger s - String (default) 3354 2598090bSJoe Hershberger d - Decimal 3355 2598090bSJoe Hershberger x - Hexadecimal 3356 2598090bSJoe Hershberger b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3357 2598090bSJoe Hershberger i - IP address 3358 2598090bSJoe Hershberger m - MAC address 3359 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3360 267541f7SJoe Hershberger The access attributes are: 3361 267541f7SJoe Hershberger a - Any (default) 3362 267541f7SJoe Hershberger r - Read-only 3363 267541f7SJoe Hershberger o - Write-once 3364 267541f7SJoe Hershberger c - Change-default 3365 267541f7SJoe Hershberger 3366 2598090bSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3367 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3368 2598090bSJoe Hershberger envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3369 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3370 2598090bSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3371 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3372 2598090bSJoe Hershberger should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3373 2598090bSJoe Hershberger environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3374 2598090bSJoe Hershberger list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3375 2598090bSJoe Hershberger ".flags" variable. 3376 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3377 267541f7SJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3378 267541f7SJoe Hershberger If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3379 267541f7SJoe Hershberger access flags. 3380 267541f7SJoe Hershberger 3381 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3382 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3383 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3384 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3385 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3386 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3387 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3388 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3389 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass your board please report the problem and send patches! 3390 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass 3391 632efa74SSimon Glass- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS 3392 632efa74SSimon Glass This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols 3393 632efa74SSimon Glass instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an 3394 632efa74SSimon Glass offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than 3395 632efa74SSimon Glass directly. You should not need to touch this setting. 3396 632efa74SSimon Glass 3397 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3398 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3399 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3400 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla the value can be calulated on a given board. 3401 632efa74SSimon Glass 3402 c609719bSwdenkThe following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3403 c609719bSwdenkof environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3404 c609719bSwdenkfollowing configurations: 3405 c609719bSwdenk 3406 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3407 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger 3408 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3409 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3410 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger 3411 5a1aceb0SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3412 c609719bSwdenk 3413 c609719bSwdenk Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3414 c609719bSwdenk 3415 c609719bSwdenk a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3416 c609719bSwdenk "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3417 c609719bSwdenk happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3418 c609719bSwdenk sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3419 c609719bSwdenk sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3420 c609719bSwdenk layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3421 c609719bSwdenk such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3422 c609719bSwdenk 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3423 c609719bSwdenk "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3424 c609719bSwdenk environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3425 c609719bSwdenk between U-Boot and the environment. 3426 c609719bSwdenk 3427 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3428 c609719bSwdenk 3429 c609719bSwdenk Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3430 c609719bSwdenk beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3431 c609719bSwdenk type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3432 c609719bSwdenk for this sector is given here. 3433 c609719bSwdenk 3434 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3435 c609719bSwdenk 3436 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3437 c609719bSwdenk 3438 c609719bSwdenk This is just another way to specify the start address of 3439 c609719bSwdenk the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3440 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3441 c609719bSwdenk 3442 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3443 c609719bSwdenk 3444 c609719bSwdenk Size of the sector containing the environment. 3445 c609719bSwdenk 3446 c609719bSwdenk 3447 c609719bSwdenk b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3448 c609719bSwdenk In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3449 c609719bSwdenk the environment. 3450 c609719bSwdenk 3451 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3452 c609719bSwdenk 3453 5a1aceb0SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3454 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3455 c609719bSwdenk of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3456 c609719bSwdenk memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3457 c609719bSwdenk 3458 c609719bSwdenk It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3459 c609719bSwdenk when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3460 c609719bSwdenk since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3461 c609719bSwdenk for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3462 c609719bSwdenk STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3463 c609719bSwdenk updating the environment in flash makes it always 3464 c609719bSwdenk necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3465 c609719bSwdenk wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3466 c609719bSwdenk RAM, your target system will be dead. 3467 c609719bSwdenk 3468 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3469 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3470 c609719bSwdenk 3471 c609719bSwdenk These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3472 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3473 3e38691eSwdenk a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3474 c609719bSwdenk a "saveenv" operation. 3475 c609719bSwdenk 3476 c609719bSwdenkBE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3477 c609719bSwdenksource code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3478 c609719bSwdenkaccordingly! 3479 c609719bSwdenk 3480 c609719bSwdenk 3481 9314cee6SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3482 c609719bSwdenk 3483 c609719bSwdenk Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3484 c609719bSwdenk (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3485 c609719bSwdenk environment. 3486 c609719bSwdenk 3487 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3488 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3489 c609719bSwdenk 3490 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3491 c609719bSwdenk want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3492 c609719bSwdenk can just be read and written to, without any special 3493 c609719bSwdenk provision. 3494 c609719bSwdenk 3495 c609719bSwdenkBE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3496 c609719bSwdenkin U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3497 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswilerconsole baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3498 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot will hang. 3499 c609719bSwdenk 3500 c609719bSwdenkPlease note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3501 c609719bSwdenkenvironment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3502 c609719bSwdenkkeep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3503 c609719bSwdenkto save the current settings. 3504 c609719bSwdenk 3505 c609719bSwdenk 3506 bb1f8b4fSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3507 c609719bSwdenk 3508 c609719bSwdenk Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3509 c609719bSwdenk device and a driver for it. 3510 c609719bSwdenk 3511 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3512 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3513 c609719bSwdenk 3514 c609719bSwdenk These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3515 c609719bSwdenk environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3516 c609719bSwdenk 3517 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3518 c609719bSwdenk If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3519 c609719bSwdenk The default address is zero. 3520 c609719bSwdenk 3521 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3522 c609719bSwdenk If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3523 c609719bSwdenk single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3524 c609719bSwdenk would require six bits. 3525 c609719bSwdenk 3526 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3527 c609719bSwdenk If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3528 c609719bSwdenk page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3529 c609719bSwdenk 3530 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3531 c609719bSwdenk The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3532 c609719bSwdenk that this is NOT the chip address length! 3533 c609719bSwdenk 3534 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3535 5cf91d6bSwdenk EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3536 5cf91d6bSwdenk like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3537 5cf91d6bSwdenk address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3538 5cf91d6bSwdenk slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3539 5cf91d6bSwdenk byte chips. 3540 5cf91d6bSwdenk 3541 5cf91d6bSwdenk Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3542 5cf91d6bSwdenk still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3543 5cf91d6bSwdenk in the chip address. 3544 5cf91d6bSwdenk 3545 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3546 c609719bSwdenk The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3547 c609719bSwdenk 3548 548738b4SHeiko Schocher - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3549 548738b4SHeiko Schocher define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3550 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3551 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3552 548738b4SHeiko Schocher - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3553 548738b4SHeiko Schocher if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3554 548738b4SHeiko Schocher I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3555 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM. For example: 3556 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3557 548738b4SHeiko Schocher #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0" 3558 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3559 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3560 548738b4SHeiko Schocher a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3561 c609719bSwdenk 3562 057c849cSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3563 5779d8d9Swdenk 3564 5779d8d9Swdenk Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3565 5779d8d9Swdenk want to use for the environment. 3566 5779d8d9Swdenk 3567 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3568 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3569 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3570 5779d8d9Swdenk 3571 5779d8d9Swdenk These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3572 5779d8d9Swdenk environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3573 5779d8d9Swdenk at the specified address. 3574 5779d8d9Swdenk 3575 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3576 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3577 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3578 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang want to use for the local device's environment. 3579 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3580 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3581 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3582 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3583 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3584 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang environment area within the remote memory space. The 3585 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang local device can get the environment from remote memory 3586 fc54c7faSLiu Gang space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3587 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3588 0a85a9e7SLiu GangBE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3589 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3590 fc54c7faSLiu Gangenvironment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3591 fc54c7faSLiu Gangbut it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3592 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3593 51bfee19SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3594 13a5695bSwdenk 3595 13a5695bSwdenk Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3596 13a5695bSwdenk for the environment. 3597 13a5695bSwdenk 3598 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3599 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3600 13a5695bSwdenk 3601 13a5695bSwdenk These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3602 fdd813deSScott Wood area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3603 fdd813deSScott Wood aligned to an erase block boundary. 3604 5779d8d9Swdenk 3605 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3606 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3607 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3608 fdd813deSScott Wood size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3609 fdd813deSScott Wood that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3610 fdd813deSScott Wood during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3611 fdd813deSScott Wood aligned to an erase block boundary. 3612 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3613 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3614 fdd813deSScott Wood 3615 fdd813deSScott Wood Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3616 fdd813deSScott Wood can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3617 fdd813deSScott Wood block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3618 fdd813deSScott Wood are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3619 fdd813deSScott Wood the range to be avoided. 3620 fdd813deSScott Wood 3621 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3622 fdd813deSScott Wood 3623 fdd813deSScott Wood Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3624 fdd813deSScott Wood environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3625 fdd813deSScott Wood "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3626 fdd813deSScott Wood Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3627 fdd813deSScott Wood using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3628 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3629 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3630 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski 3631 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3632 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3633 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3634 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski 3635 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3636 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3637 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 3638 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 3639 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger accesses, which is important on NAND. 3640 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3641 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 3642 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3643 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 3644 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3645 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 3646 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3647 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 3648 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger environment in. 3649 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3650 785881f7SJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 3651 785881f7SJoe Hershberger 3652 785881f7SJoe Hershberger Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 3653 785881f7SJoe Hershberger the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 3654 785881f7SJoe Hershberger It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 3655 785881f7SJoe Hershberger 3656 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3657 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3658 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3659 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 3660 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger when storing the env in UBI. 3661 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3662 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 3663 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3664 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 3665 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren environment. 3666 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3667 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 3668 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3669 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 3670 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3671 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 3672 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3673 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 3674 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 3675 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 3676 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3677 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3678 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3679 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3680 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3681 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren area within the specified MMC device. 3682 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3683 5c088ee8SStephen Warren If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 3684 5c088ee8SStephen Warren the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 3685 5c088ee8SStephen Warren as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 3686 5c088ee8SStephen Warren your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 3687 5c088ee8SStephen Warren different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 3688 5c088ee8SStephen Warren environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 3689 5c088ee8SStephen Warren maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 3690 5c088ee8SStephen Warren 3691 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 3692 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren MMC sector boundary. 3693 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3694 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3695 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3696 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 3697 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 3698 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 3699 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 3700 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3701 5c088ee8SStephen Warren This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 3702 5c088ee8SStephen Warren same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 3703 5c088ee8SStephen Warren 3704 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 3705 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren an MMC sector boundary. 3706 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3707 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 3708 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3709 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 3710 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 3711 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3712 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3713 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 3714 c609719bSwdenk 3715 c609719bSwdenk Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 3716 c609719bSwdenk area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 3717 c609719bSwdenk is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 3718 c609719bSwdenk scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 3719 c609719bSwdenk calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 3720 c609719bSwdenk to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 3721 c609719bSwdenk start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 3722 c609719bSwdenk 3723 e881cb56SBruce AdlerPlease note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 3724 c609719bSwdenkhas been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 3725 cdb74977SWolfgang Denkcreated; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 3726 c609719bSwdenkuntil then to read environment variables. 3727 c609719bSwdenk 3728 85ec0bccSwdenkThe environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 3729 85ec0bccSwdenkis relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 3730 85ec0bccSwdenkwith the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 3731 85ec0bccSwdenknecessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 3732 85ec0bccSwdenk"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 3733 85ec0bccSwdenkhave any device yet where we could complain.] 3734 c609719bSwdenk 3735 c609719bSwdenkNote: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 3736 c609719bSwdenkthe default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 3737 85ec0bccSwdenkuse the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 3738 c609719bSwdenk 3739 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 3740 fc3e2165Swdenk Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 3741 fc3e2165Swdenk 3742 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 3743 fc3e2165Swdenk also needs to be defined. 3744 fc3e2165Swdenk 3745 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 3746 fc3e2165Swdenk MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 3747 c609719bSwdenk 3748 f5675aa5SRon Madrid- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 3749 f5675aa5SRon Madrid Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 3750 f5675aa5SRon Madrid and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 3751 f5675aa5SRon Madrid drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 3752 f5675aa5SRon Madrid space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 3753 f5675aa5SRon Madrid limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 3754 f5675aa5SRon Madrid 3755 b2b92f53SSimon Glass- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 3756 b2b92f53SSimon Glass Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 3757 b2b92f53SSimon Glass when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 3758 b2b92f53SSimon Glass to do this. 3759 b2b92f53SSimon Glass 3760 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 3761 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass Similar to the previous option, but display this information 3762 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 3763 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass present. 3764 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass 3765 c609719bSwdenkLow Level (hardware related) configuration options: 3766 dc7c9a1aSwdenk--------------------------------------------------- 3767 c609719bSwdenk 3768 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 3769 c609719bSwdenk Cache Line Size of the CPU. 3770 c609719bSwdenk 3771 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 3772 c609719bSwdenk Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 3773 2535d602Swdenk 3774 2535d602Swdenk Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 3775 2535d602Swdenk and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 3776 2535d602Swdenk the IMMR register after a reset. 3777 c609719bSwdenk 3778 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 3779 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 3780 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi PowerPC SOCs. 3781 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3782 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 3783 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 3784 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 3785 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3786 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 3787 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 3788 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3789 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 3790 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 3791 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 3792 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 3793 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 3794 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 3795 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 3796 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3797 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 3798 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 3799 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3800 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 3801 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 3802 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 3803 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3804 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3805 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3806 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 3807 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 3808 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3809 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3810 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3811 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 3812 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 3813 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 3814 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3815 7f6c2cbcSwdenk- Floppy Disk Support: 3816 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 3817 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3818 7f6c2cbcSwdenk the default drive number (default value 0) 3819 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3820 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 3821 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3822 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 3823 7f6c2cbcSwdenk (default value 1) 3824 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3825 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 3826 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3827 7f6c2cbcSwdenk defines the offset of register from address. It 3828 7f6c2cbcSwdenk depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 3829 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 3830 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3831 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 3832 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 3833 7f6c2cbcSwdenk default value. 3834 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3835 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 3836 7f6c2cbcSwdenk fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 3837 7f6c2cbcSwdenk setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 3838 7f6c2cbcSwdenk source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 3839 7f6c2cbcSwdenk initializations. 3840 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3841 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin- CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 3842 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 3843 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 3844 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 3845 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 3846 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 3847 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin is requierd. 3848 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin 3849 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 3850 25d6712aSwdenk DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 3851 25d6712aSwdenk doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 3852 c609719bSwdenk 3853 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 3854 c609719bSwdenk 3855 7152b1d0Swdenk Start address of memory area that can be used for 3856 c609719bSwdenk initial data and stack; please note that this must be 3857 c609719bSwdenk writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 3858 c609719bSwdenk initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 3859 c609719bSwdenk will become available only after programming the 3860 c609719bSwdenk memory controller and running certain initialization 3861 c609719bSwdenk sequences. 3862 c609719bSwdenk 3863 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot uses the following memory types: 3864 c609719bSwdenk - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 3865 c609719bSwdenk - MPC824X: data cache 3866 c609719bSwdenk - PPC4xx: data cache 3867 c609719bSwdenk 3868 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 3869 c609719bSwdenk 3870 c609719bSwdenk Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 3871 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 3872 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 3873 c609719bSwdenk data is located at the end of the available space 3874 553f0982SWolfgang Denk (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 3875 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 3876 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 3877 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 3878 c609719bSwdenk 3879 c609719bSwdenk Note: 3880 c609719bSwdenk On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 3881 c609719bSwdenk cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 3882 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 3883 c609719bSwdenk point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 3884 c609719bSwdenk the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 3885 c609719bSwdenk 3886 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 3887 c609719bSwdenk 3888 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 3889 c609719bSwdenk 3890 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 3891 c609719bSwdenk 3892 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 3893 c609719bSwdenk 3894 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 3895 c609719bSwdenk 3896 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 3897 c609719bSwdenk 3898 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 3899 c609719bSwdenk SDRAM timing 3900 c609719bSwdenk 3901 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 3902 c609719bSwdenk periodic timer for refresh 3903 c609719bSwdenk 3904 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 3905 c609719bSwdenk 3906 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 3907 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 3908 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 3909 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 3910 c609719bSwdenk Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 3911 c609719bSwdenk 3912 c609719bSwdenk- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 3913 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 3914 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 3915 c609719bSwdenk Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 3916 c609719bSwdenk 3917 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 3918 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 3919 c609719bSwdenk Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 3920 c609719bSwdenk Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 3921 c609719bSwdenk 3922 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3923 c609719bSwdenk enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3924 c609719bSwdenk define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 3925 c609719bSwdenk 3926 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3927 b423d055SHeiko Schocher enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3928 b423d055SHeiko Schocher define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 3929 b423d055SHeiko Schocher 3930 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3931 c609719bSwdenk enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3932 c609719bSwdenk define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 3933 c609719bSwdenk 3934 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 3935 c609719bSwdenk Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 3936 c609719bSwdenk wrong setting might damage your board. Read 3937 c609719bSwdenk doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 3938 c609719bSwdenk 3939 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 3940 ea909b76Swdenk Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 3941 ea909b76Swdenk (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 3942 ea909b76Swdenk #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 3943 ea909b76Swdenk cpm_8260.h. 3944 ea909b76Swdenk 3945 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3946 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 3947 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 3948 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3949 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 3950 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 3951 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 3952 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 3953 a47a12beSStefan Roese Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 3954 5d232d0eSwdenk 3955 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 3956 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 3957 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach required. 3958 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach 3959 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 3960 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 3961 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 3962 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 3963 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 3964 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp by coreboot or similar. 3965 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp 3966 842033e6SGabor Juhos- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 3967 842033e6SGabor Juhos Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 3968 842033e6SGabor Juhos 3969 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 3970 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Chip has SRIO or not 3971 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3972 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SRIO1: 3973 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Board has SRIO 1 port available 3974 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3975 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SRIO2: 3976 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Board has SRIO 2 port available 3977 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3978 *c8b28152SLiu Gang- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 3979 *c8b28152SLiu Gang Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 3980 *c8b28152SLiu Gang 3981 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 3982 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3983 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3984 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 3985 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3986 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3987 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 3988 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3989 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 3990 66bd1846SFabio Estevam- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 3991 66bd1846SFabio Estevam Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 3992 66bd1846SFabio Estevam a 16 bit bus. 3993 66bd1846SFabio Estevam Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 3994 a430e916SFabio Estevam Example of drivers that use it: 3995 66bd1846SFabio Estevam - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 3996 a430e916SFabio Estevam - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 3997 eced4626SAlex Waterman 3998 eced4626SAlex Waterman- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 3999 eced4626SAlex Waterman Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4000 eced4626SAlex Waterman a default value will be used. 4001 eced4626SAlex Waterman 4002 bb99ad6dSBen Warren- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4003 218ca724SWolfgang Denk Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4004 218ca724SWolfgang Denk with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4005 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 4006 bb99ad6dSBen Warren SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4007 bb99ad6dSBen Warren I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4008 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 4009 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4010 218ca724SWolfgang Denk If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4011 218ca724SWolfgang Denk one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4012 218ca724SWolfgang Denk to something your driver can deal with. 4013 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 4014 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4015 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4016 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4017 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4018 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun header files or board specific files. 4019 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun 4020 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4021 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4022 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun 4023 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4024 218ca724SWolfgang Denk Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4025 218ca724SWolfgang Denk be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4026 2ad6b513STimur Tabi 4027 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4028 c26e454dSwdenk Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4029 c26e454dSwdenk 4030 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4031 c26e454dSwdenk Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4032 6e592385Swdenk to the given FEC; i. e. 4033 c26e454dSwdenk #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4034 c26e454dSwdenk means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4035 c26e454dSwdenk 4036 c26e454dSwdenk When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4037 c26e454dSwdenk 4038 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4039 c26e454dSwdenk The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4040 c26e454dSwdenk (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4041 c26e454dSwdenk 4042 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_RMII 4043 c26e454dSwdenk Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4044 c26e454dSwdenk Note that this is a global option, we can't 4045 c26e454dSwdenk have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4046 c26e454dSwdenk 4047 5cf91d6bSwdenk- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4048 5cf91d6bSwdenk Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4049 5cf91d6bSwdenk The syntax is: 4050 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4051 5cf91d6bSwdenk => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4052 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4053 5cf91d6bSwdenk Where address/count indicate a memory area 4054 5cf91d6bSwdenk and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4055 5cf91d6bSwdenk area should have. 4056 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4057 56523f12Swdenk- CONFIG_LOOPW 4058 56523f12Swdenk Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4059 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4060 56523f12Swdenk 4061 7b466641Sstroese- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4062 7b466641Sstroese Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4063 7b466641Sstroese "md/mw" commands. 4064 7b466641Sstroese Examples: 4065 7b466641Sstroese 4066 7b466641Sstroese => mdc.b 10 4 500 4067 7b466641Sstroese This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4068 7b466641Sstroese 4069 7b466641Sstroese => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4070 7b466641Sstroese This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4071 7b466641Sstroese 4072 7b466641Sstroese This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4073 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4074 7b466641Sstroese 4075 8aa1a2d1Swdenk- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4076 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4077 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4078 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4079 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk relocate itself into RAM. 4080 8aa1a2d1Swdenk 4081 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4082 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4083 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4084 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk these initializations itself. 4085 8aa1a2d1Swdenk 4086 401bb30bSAneesh V- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4087 df81238bSMagnus Lilja Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4088 df81238bSMagnus Lilja that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4089 df81238bSMagnus Lilja compiling a NAND SPL. 4090 400558b5Swdenk 4091 4213fc29SSimon Glass- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4092 4213fc29SSimon Glass Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4093 4213fc29SSimon Glass effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4094 4213fc29SSimon Glass U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4095 4213fc29SSimon Glass to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4096 4213fc29SSimon Glass it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4097 4213fc29SSimon Glass addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4098 4213fc29SSimon Glass to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4099 4213fc29SSimon Glass 4100 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4101 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4102 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4103 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4104 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser conditions but may increase the binary size. 4105 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser 4106 588a13f7SSimon Glass- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4107 588a13f7SSimon Glass If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4108 588a13f7SSimon Glass needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4109 b16f521aSGabe Black 4110 fc33705eSMark Jackson- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4111 fc33705eSMark Jackson Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4112 fc33705eSMark Jackson 4113 fc33705eSMark Jackson NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4114 5b5ece9eSGabe Black 4115 f2717b47STimur TabiFreescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4116 f2717b47STimur Tabi----------------------------------- 4117 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4118 f2717b47STimur TabiThe Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4119 f2717b47STimur Tabiloading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4120 f2717b47STimur TabiThis firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4121 f2717b47STimur Tabiare used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4122 f2717b47STimur Tabiwithin that device. 4123 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4124 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4125 f2717b47STimur Tabi The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4126 f2717b47STimur Tabi meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4127 f2717b47STimur Tabi is also specified. 4128 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4129 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4130 f2717b47STimur Tabi The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4131 f2717b47STimur Tabi has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4132 f2717b47STimur Tabi might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4133 f2717b47STimur Tabi local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4134 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4135 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4136 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4137 f2717b47STimur Tabi normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4138 f2717b47STimur Tabi virtual address in NOR flash. 4139 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4140 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4141 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4142 f2717b47STimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4143 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4144 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4145 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4146 f2717b47STimur Tabi device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4147 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4148 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4149 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4150 f2717b47STimur Tabi device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4151 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4152 292dc6c5SLiu Gang- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4153 292dc6c5SLiu Gang Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4154 292dc6c5SLiu Gang memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4155 fc54c7faSLiu Gang can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4156 fc54c7faSLiu Gang window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4157 fc54c7faSLiu Gang master's memory space. 4158 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4159 c609719bSwdenkBuilding the Software: 4160 c609719bSwdenk====================== 4161 c609719bSwdenk 4162 218ca724SWolfgang DenkBuilding U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4163 218ca724SWolfgang Denkand in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4164 218ca724SWolfgang Denkall possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4165 218ca724SWolfgang Denk(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4166 218ca724SWolfgang Denkrecommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4167 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwhich is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4168 c609719bSwdenk 4169 218ca724SWolfgang DenkIf you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4170 218ca724SWolfgang Denkhave GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4171 218ca724SWolfgang Denkyou must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4172 218ca724SWolfgang DenkNote that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4173 218ca724SWolfgang Denknecessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4174 c609719bSwdenk 4175 218ca724SWolfgang Denk $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4176 218ca724SWolfgang Denk $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4177 c609719bSwdenk 4178 2f8d396bSPeter TyserNote: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4179 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4180 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4181 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4182 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4183 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4184 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4185 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4186 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser be executed on computers running Windows. 4187 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4188 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4189 c609719bSwdenksources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4190 c609719bSwdenkis done by typing: 4191 c609719bSwdenk 4192 c609719bSwdenk make NAME_config 4193 c609719bSwdenk 4194 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwhere "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4195 4d675ae6SMichael Jonesrations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4196 54387ac9Swdenk 4197 c609719bSwdenkNote: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4198 c609719bSwdenk additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4199 2729af9dSwdenk instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4200 2729af9dSwdenk or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4201 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4202 c609719bSwdenk 4203 2729af9dSwdenk make TQM823L_config 4204 2729af9dSwdenk - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4205 c609719bSwdenk 4206 c609719bSwdenk make TQM823L_LCD_config 4207 c609719bSwdenk - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4208 c609719bSwdenk 4209 c609719bSwdenk etc. 4210 c609719bSwdenk 4211 c609719bSwdenk 4212 c609719bSwdenkFinally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4213 7152b1d0Swdenkimages ready for download to / installation on your system: 4214 c609719bSwdenk 4215 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4216 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4217 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4218 c609719bSwdenk 4219 baf31249SMarian BalakowiczBy default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4220 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczin the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4221 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczthis behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4222 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4223 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4224 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4225 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build distclean 4226 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4227 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build all 4228 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4229 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4230 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4231 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4232 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make distclean 4233 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make NAME_config 4234 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make all 4235 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4236 baf31249SMarian BalakowiczNote that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4237 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczvariable. 4238 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4239 c609719bSwdenk 4240 c609719bSwdenkPlease be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4241 c609719bSwdenkfor instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4242 c609719bSwdenknative "make". 4243 c609719bSwdenk 4244 c609719bSwdenk 4245 c609719bSwdenkIf the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4246 c609719bSwdenkto port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4247 c609719bSwdenksteps: 4248 c609719bSwdenk 4249 c609719bSwdenk1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4250 4d675ae6SMichael Jones "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4251 4d675ae6SMichael Jones Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4252 c609719bSwdenk2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4253 85ec0bccSwdenk files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4254 85ec0bccSwdenk the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4255 85ec0bccSwdenk3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4256 85ec0bccSwdenk your board 4257 c609719bSwdenk3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4258 c609719bSwdenk directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4259 85ec0bccSwdenk4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4260 c609719bSwdenk5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4261 c609719bSwdenk to be installed on your target system. 4262 85ec0bccSwdenk6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4263 c609719bSwdenk [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4264 c609719bSwdenk 4265 c609719bSwdenk 4266 c609719bSwdenkTesting of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4267 c609719bSwdenk============================================================== 4268 c609719bSwdenk 4269 c609719bSwdenkIf you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4270 c609719bSwdenkor support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4271 c609719bSwdenkprovide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4272 c609719bSwdenkthe form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4273 218ca724SWolfgang Denkofficial or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4274 c609719bSwdenk 4275 c609719bSwdenkBut before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4276 c609719bSwdenkcation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4277 c609719bSwdenkthe supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4278 c609719bSwdenkjust run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4279 c609719bSwdenkfor ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4280 7152b1d0Swdenkselect which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4281 218ca724SWolfgang Denkenvironment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4282 218ca724SWolfgang Denkyou can type 4283 c609719bSwdenk 4284 c609719bSwdenk CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4285 c609719bSwdenk 4286 c609719bSwdenkor to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4287 c609719bSwdenk 4288 c609719bSwdenk CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4289 c609719bSwdenk 4290 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWhen using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4291 218ca724SWolfgang DenkU-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4292 218ca724SWolfgang Denksetting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4293 218ca724SWolfgang Denkbuilt, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4294 218ca724SWolfgang Denk<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4295 218ca724SWolfgang Denklocation can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4296 218ca724SWolfgang Denkvariable. For example: 4297 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4298 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4299 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4300 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4301 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4302 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWith the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4303 218ca724SWolfgang Denklog files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4304 218ca724SWolfgang Denkduring the whole build process. 4305 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4306 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4307 c609719bSwdenkSee also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4308 c609719bSwdenk 4309 c609719bSwdenk 4310 c609719bSwdenkMonitor Commands - Overview: 4311 c609719bSwdenk============================ 4312 c609719bSwdenk 4313 c609719bSwdenkgo - start application at address 'addr' 4314 c609719bSwdenkrun - run commands in an environment variable 4315 c609719bSwdenkbootm - boot application image from memory 4316 c609719bSwdenkbootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4317 44f074c7SMarek Vasutbootz - boot zImage from memory 4318 c609719bSwdenktftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4319 c609719bSwdenk and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4320 c609719bSwdenk (and eventually "gatewayip") 4321 1fb7cd49SSimon Glasstftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4322 c609719bSwdenkrarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4323 c609719bSwdenkdiskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4324 c609719bSwdenkloads - load S-Record file over serial line 4325 c609719bSwdenkloadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4326 c609719bSwdenkmd - memory display 4327 c609719bSwdenkmm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4328 c609719bSwdenknm - memory modify (constant address) 4329 c609719bSwdenkmw - memory write (fill) 4330 c609719bSwdenkcp - memory copy 4331 c609719bSwdenkcmp - memory compare 4332 c609719bSwdenkcrc32 - checksum calculation 4333 0f89c54bSPeter Tyseri2c - I2C sub-system 4334 c609719bSwdenksspi - SPI utility commands 4335 c609719bSwdenkbase - print or set address offset 4336 c609719bSwdenkprintenv- print environment variables 4337 c609719bSwdenksetenv - set environment variables 4338 c609719bSwdenksaveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4339 c609719bSwdenkprotect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4340 c609719bSwdenkerase - erase FLASH memory 4341 c609719bSwdenkflinfo - print FLASH memory information 4342 10635afaSKarl O. Pincnand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4343 c609719bSwdenkbdinfo - print Board Info structure 4344 c609719bSwdenkiminfo - print header information for application image 4345 c609719bSwdenkconinfo - print console devices and informations 4346 c609719bSwdenkide - IDE sub-system 4347 c609719bSwdenkloop - infinite loop on address range 4348 56523f12Swdenkloopw - infinite write loop on address range 4349 c609719bSwdenkmtest - simple RAM test 4350 c609719bSwdenkicache - enable or disable instruction cache 4351 c609719bSwdenkdcache - enable or disable data cache 4352 c609719bSwdenkreset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4353 c609719bSwdenkecho - echo args to console 4354 c609719bSwdenkversion - print monitor version 4355 c609719bSwdenkhelp - print online help 4356 c609719bSwdenk? - alias for 'help' 4357 c609719bSwdenk 4358 c609719bSwdenk 4359 c609719bSwdenkMonitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4360 c609719bSwdenk======================================== 4361 c609719bSwdenk 4362 c609719bSwdenkTODO. 4363 c609719bSwdenk 4364 c609719bSwdenkFor now: just type "help <command>". 4365 c609719bSwdenk 4366 c609719bSwdenk 4367 c609719bSwdenkEnvironment Variables: 4368 c609719bSwdenk====================== 4369 c609719bSwdenk 4370 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4371 c609719bSwdenkcan be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4372 c609719bSwdenk 4373 c609719bSwdenkEnvironment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4374 c609719bSwdenk"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4375 c609719bSwdenkwithout a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4376 c609719bSwdenkenvironment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4377 c609719bSwdenkworking with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4378 c609719bSwdenkenvironment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4379 c609719bSwdenk 4380 c96f86eeSWolfgang DenkSome configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4381 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4382 c96f86eeSWolfgang DenkList of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4383 c609719bSwdenk 4384 c609719bSwdenk baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4385 c609719bSwdenk 4386 c609719bSwdenk bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4387 c609719bSwdenk 4388 c609719bSwdenk bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4389 c609719bSwdenk 4390 c609719bSwdenk bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4391 c609719bSwdenk 4392 c609719bSwdenk bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4393 c609719bSwdenk 4394 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4395 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4396 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4397 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4398 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4399 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4400 c3624e6eSGrant Likely kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4401 c3624e6eSGrant Likely bootm_mapsize. 4402 c3624e6eSGrant Likely 4403 c3624e6eSGrant Likely bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4404 c3624e6eSGrant Likely This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4405 c3624e6eSGrant Likely defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4406 c3624e6eSGrant Likely address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4407 c3624e6eSGrant Likely during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4408 c3624e6eSGrant Likely as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4409 c3624e6eSGrant Likely used otherwise. 4410 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka 4411 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4412 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4413 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4414 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4415 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka environment variable. 4416 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka 4417 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4418 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4419 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4420 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka 4421 c609719bSwdenk autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4422 c609719bSwdenk "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4423 c609719bSwdenk configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4424 c609719bSwdenk load any image using TFTP 4425 c609719bSwdenk 4426 c609719bSwdenk autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4427 c609719bSwdenk "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4428 c609719bSwdenk be automatically started (by internally calling 4429 c609719bSwdenk "bootm") 4430 c609719bSwdenk 4431 4a6fd34bSwdenk If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4432 4a6fd34bSwdenk "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4433 4a6fd34bSwdenk (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4434 4a6fd34bSwdenk This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4435 4a6fd34bSwdenk data. 4436 4a6fd34bSwdenk 4437 a28afca5SDavid A. Long fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4438 a28afca5SDavid A. Long flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4439 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4440 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4441 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4442 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4443 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4444 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4445 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo access it during the boot procedure. 4446 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo 4447 a28afca5SDavid A. Long If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4448 a28afca5SDavid A. Long the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4449 a28afca5SDavid A. Long to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4450 a28afca5SDavid A. Long sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4451 a28afca5SDavid A. Long add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4452 a28afca5SDavid A. Long must be accessible by the kernel. 4453 a28afca5SDavid A. Long 4454 eea63e05SSimon Glass fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4455 eea63e05SSimon Glass device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4456 eea63e05SSimon Glass defined. 4457 eea63e05SSimon Glass 4458 17ea1177Swdenk i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4459 17ea1177Swdenk if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4460 17ea1177Swdenk mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4461 17ea1177Swdenk initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4462 17ea1177Swdenk it must be saved and board must be reset. 4463 17ea1177Swdenk 4464 c609719bSwdenk initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4465 c609719bSwdenk If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4466 c609719bSwdenk copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4467 c609719bSwdenk is usually what you want since it allows for 4468 c609719bSwdenk maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4469 c609719bSwdenk make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4470 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4471 c609719bSwdenk variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4472 c609719bSwdenk Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4473 c609719bSwdenk address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4474 c609719bSwdenk does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4475 c609719bSwdenk 4476 c609719bSwdenk For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4477 7152b1d0Swdenk RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4478 c609719bSwdenk you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4479 c609719bSwdenk the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4480 7152b1d0Swdenk sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4481 c609719bSwdenk 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4482 c609719bSwdenk 4483 c609719bSwdenk setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4484 c609719bSwdenk 4485 38b99261Swdenk If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4486 38b99261Swdenk indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4487 38b99261Swdenk for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4488 38b99261Swdenk memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4489 38b99261Swdenk ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4490 38b99261Swdenk boot time on your system, but requires that this 4491 38b99261Swdenk feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4492 38b99261Swdenk 4493 c609719bSwdenk ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4494 c609719bSwdenk 4495 c609719bSwdenk loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4496 dc7c9a1aSwdenk "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4497 c609719bSwdenk 4498 c609719bSwdenk loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4499 c609719bSwdenk 4500 c609719bSwdenk serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4501 c609719bSwdenk 4502 c609719bSwdenk bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4503 c609719bSwdenk 4504 c609719bSwdenk bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4505 c609719bSwdenk 4506 c609719bSwdenk bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4507 c609719bSwdenk 4508 e2a53458SMike Frysinger ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4509 a3d991bdSwdenk 4510 e2a53458SMike Frysinger ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4511 e2a53458SMike Frysinger For example you can do the following 4512 a3d991bdSwdenk 4513 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => setenv ethact FEC 4514 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4515 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => setenv ethact SCC 4516 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4517 a3d991bdSwdenk 4518 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4519 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs available network interfaces. 4520 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4521 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs 4522 a3d991bdSwdenk netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4523 a3d991bdSwdenk either succeed or fail without retrying. 4524 6e592385Swdenk When set to "once" the network operation will 4525 6e592385Swdenk fail when all the available network interfaces 4526 6e592385Swdenk are tried once without success. 4527 a3d991bdSwdenk Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4528 a3d991bdSwdenk themselves. 4529 a3d991bdSwdenk 4530 b4e2f89dSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4531 a1cf027aSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD 4532 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4533 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk UDP source port. 4534 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 4535 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4536 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4537 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk 4538 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4539 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk we use the TFTP server's default block size 4540 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4541 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4542 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4543 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4544 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4545 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4546 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4547 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk with unreliable TFTP servers. 4548 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4549 a3d991bdSwdenk vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4550 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4551 a3d991bdSwdenk VLAN tagged frames. 4552 c609719bSwdenk 4553 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsThe following image location variables contain the location of images 4554 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsused in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4555 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsnot an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4556 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsvariable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4557 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsserver, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4558 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsloaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4559 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsflash or offset in NAND flash. 4560 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4561 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4562 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsboards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4563 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsboards use these variables for other purposes. 4564 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4565 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsImage File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4566 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4567 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsu-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4568 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsLinux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4569 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsdevice tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4570 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4571 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4572 c609719bSwdenkThe following environment variables may be used and automatically 4573 c609719bSwdenkupdated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4574 c609719bSwdenkdepending the information provided by your boot server: 4575 c609719bSwdenk 4576 c609719bSwdenk bootfile - see above 4577 c609719bSwdenk dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4578 fe389a82Sstroese dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4579 c609719bSwdenk gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4580 c609719bSwdenk hostname - Target hostname 4581 c609719bSwdenk ipaddr - see above 4582 c609719bSwdenk netmask - Subnet Mask 4583 c609719bSwdenk rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4584 c609719bSwdenk serverip - see above 4585 c609719bSwdenk 4586 c609719bSwdenk 4587 c609719bSwdenkThere are two special Environment Variables: 4588 c609719bSwdenk 4589 c609719bSwdenk serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4590 c609719bSwdenk as type string and/or serial number 4591 c609719bSwdenk ethaddr - Ethernet address 4592 c609719bSwdenk 4593 c609719bSwdenkThese variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4594 c609719bSwdenkthe board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4595 c609719bSwdenkonce they have been set once. 4596 c609719bSwdenk 4597 c609719bSwdenk 4598 c1551ea8SstroeseFurther special Environment Variables: 4599 c1551ea8Sstroese 4600 c1551ea8Sstroese ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4601 c1551ea8Sstroese with the "version" command. This variable is 4602 c1551ea8Sstroese readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4603 c1551ea8Sstroese 4604 c1551ea8Sstroese 4605 c609719bSwdenkPlease note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4606 c609719bSwdenkonly effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4607 c609719bSwdenk 4608 c609719bSwdenk 4609 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCallback functions for environment variables: 4610 170ab110SJoe Hershberger--------------------------------------------- 4611 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4612 170ab110SJoe HershbergerFor some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4613 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerwhen their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4614 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerbe associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4615 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerdeletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4616 170ab110SJoe Hershbergereffect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4617 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4618 170ab110SJoe HershbergerThe callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 4619 170ab110SJoe HershbergerU_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 4620 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4621 170ab110SJoe HershbergerThese callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 4622 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerstatic list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 4623 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerin the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 4624 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerassociations. The list must be in the following format: 4625 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4626 170ab110SJoe Hershberger entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 4627 170ab110SJoe Hershberger list = entry[,list] 4628 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4629 170ab110SJoe HershbergerIf the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 4630 170ab110SJoe HershbergerSpaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 4631 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4632 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCallbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 4633 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerwith the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 4634 170ab110SJoe Hershbergeroverride any association in the static list. You can define 4635 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 4636 170ab110SJoe Hershberger".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4637 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4638 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4639 f07771ccSwdenkCommand Line Parsing: 4640 f07771ccSwdenk===================== 4641 f07771ccSwdenk 4642 f07771ccSwdenkThere are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 4643 7152b1d0Swdenkthe old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 4644 f07771ccSwdenk 4645 f07771ccSwdenkOld, simple command line parser: 4646 f07771ccSwdenk-------------------------------- 4647 f07771ccSwdenk 4648 f07771ccSwdenk- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 4649 f07771ccSwdenk- several commands on one line, separated by ';' 4650 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 4651 f07771ccSwdenk- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 4652 f07771ccSwdenk for example: 4653 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 4654 f07771ccSwdenk- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 4655 f07771ccSwdenk setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 4656 f07771ccSwdenk 4657 f07771ccSwdenkHush shell: 4658 f07771ccSwdenk----------- 4659 f07771ccSwdenk 4660 f07771ccSwdenk- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 4661 f07771ccSwdenk if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 4662 f07771ccSwdenk until...do...done, ... 4663 f07771ccSwdenk- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 4664 f07771ccSwdenk commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 4665 f07771ccSwdenk "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 4666 f07771ccSwdenk command 4667 f07771ccSwdenk 4668 f07771ccSwdenkGeneral rules: 4669 f07771ccSwdenk-------------- 4670 f07771ccSwdenk 4671 f07771ccSwdenk(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 4672 f07771ccSwdenk command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 4673 f07771ccSwdenk one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 4674 f07771ccSwdenk executed anyway. 4675 f07771ccSwdenk 4676 f07771ccSwdenk(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 4677 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 4678 f07771ccSwdenk command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 4679 f07771ccSwdenk variables are not executed. 4680 f07771ccSwdenk 4681 c609719bSwdenkNote for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 4682 c609719bSwdenk======================================= 4683 c609719bSwdenk 4684 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerSome boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 4685 c609719bSwdenksuch configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 4686 7152b1d0Swdenk"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 4687 c609719bSwdenk 4688 c609719bSwdenkNetwork interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 4689 c609719bSwdenkMAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 4690 c609719bSwdenk"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 4691 c609719bSwdenk 4692 c609719bSwdenkIf the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 4693 c609719bSwdenkin SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 4694 c609719bSwdenkding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 4695 c609719bSwdenkvariable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 4696 c609719bSwdenk 4697 c609719bSwdenko If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 4698 c609719bSwdenk environment, the SROM's address is used. 4699 c609719bSwdenk 4700 c609719bSwdenko If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 4701 c609719bSwdenk environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 4702 c609719bSwdenk used. 4703 c609719bSwdenk 4704 c609719bSwdenko If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 4705 c609719bSwdenk both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 4706 c609719bSwdenk 4707 c609719bSwdenko If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 4708 c609719bSwdenk addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 4709 c609719bSwdenk warning is printed. 4710 c609719bSwdenk 4711 c609719bSwdenko If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 4712 c609719bSwdenk is raised. 4713 c609719bSwdenk 4714 ecee9324SBen WarrenIf Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 4715 ecee9324SBen Warrenwill be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 4716 ecee9324SBen Warrenmay be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 4717 ecee9324SBen WarrenThe naming convention is as follows: 4718 ecee9324SBen Warren"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 4719 c609719bSwdenk 4720 c609719bSwdenkImage Formats: 4721 c609719bSwdenk============== 4722 c609719bSwdenk 4723 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczU-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 4724 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczimages in two formats: 4725 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4726 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczNew uImage format (FIT) 4727 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz----------------------- 4728 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4729 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczFlexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 4730 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczto Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 4731 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczcomponents (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 4732 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczSHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 4733 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4734 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4735 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczOld uImage format 4736 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz----------------- 4737 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4738 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczOld image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 4739 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczpreceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 4740 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczdetails; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 4741 c609719bSwdenk 4742 c609719bSwdenk* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 4743 c609719bSwdenk 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 4744 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 4745 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 4746 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser INTEGRITY). 4747 7b64fef3SWolfgang Denk* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 4748 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 4749 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 4750 c29fdfc1Swdenk* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 4751 c609719bSwdenk* Load Address 4752 c609719bSwdenk* Entry Point 4753 c609719bSwdenk* Image Name 4754 c609719bSwdenk* Image Timestamp 4755 c609719bSwdenk 4756 c609719bSwdenkThe header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 4757 c609719bSwdenkand the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 4758 c609719bSwdenkCRC32 checksums. 4759 c609719bSwdenk 4760 c609719bSwdenk 4761 c609719bSwdenkLinux Support: 4762 c609719bSwdenk============== 4763 c609719bSwdenk 4764 c609719bSwdenkAlthough U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 4765 7152b1d0Swdenkeasily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 4766 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot. 4767 c609719bSwdenk 4768 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 4769 c609719bSwdenkspecial "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 4770 c609719bSwdenk"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 4771 c609719bSwdenkinstead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 4772 7152b1d0Swdenkserves several purposes: 4773 c609719bSwdenk 4774 c609719bSwdenk- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 4775 c609719bSwdenk applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 4776 c609719bSwdenk Flash memory footprint) 4777 c609719bSwdenk 4778 c609719bSwdenk- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 4779 7152b1d0Swdenk lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 4780 c609719bSwdenk 4781 c609719bSwdenk- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 4782 c609719bSwdenk images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 4783 c609719bSwdenk be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 4784 c609719bSwdenk have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 4785 c609719bSwdenk change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 4786 c609719bSwdenk software is easier now. 4787 c609719bSwdenk 4788 c609719bSwdenk 4789 c609719bSwdenkLinux HOWTO: 4790 c609719bSwdenk============ 4791 c609719bSwdenk 4792 c609719bSwdenkPorting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 4793 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------------------- 4794 c609719bSwdenk 4795 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 4796 c609719bSwdenkconfigure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 4797 c609719bSwdenk(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 4798 c609719bSwdenkLinux :-). 4799 c609719bSwdenk 4800 a47a12beSStefan RoeseBut now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 4801 c609719bSwdenk 4802 c609719bSwdenkJust make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 4803 c609719bSwdenkinclude/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 4804 1dc30693SMarkus HeidelbergInformation structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 4805 1dc30693SMarkus Heidelbergand make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 4806 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDas your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 4807 c609719bSwdenk 4808 c609719bSwdenk 4809 c609719bSwdenkConfiguring the Linux kernel: 4810 c609719bSwdenk----------------------------- 4811 c609719bSwdenk 4812 c609719bSwdenkNo specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 4813 c609719bSwdenkdevice (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 4814 c609719bSwdenk 4815 c609719bSwdenk 4816 c609719bSwdenkBuilding a Linux Image: 4817 c609719bSwdenk----------------------- 4818 c609719bSwdenk 4819 24ee89b9SwdenkWith U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 4820 24ee89b9Swdenknot used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 4821 24ee89b9Swdenk"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 4822 24ee89b9SwdenkU-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 4823 24ee89b9Swdenkwhich was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 4824 24ee89b9Swdenk100% compatible format. 4825 c609719bSwdenk 4826 c609719bSwdenkExample: 4827 c609719bSwdenk 4828 c609719bSwdenk make TQM850L_config 4829 c609719bSwdenk make oldconfig 4830 c609719bSwdenk make dep 4831 24ee89b9Swdenk make uImage 4832 c609719bSwdenk 4833 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 4834 24ee89b9Swdenkencapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 4835 24ee89b9SwdenkCRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 4836 c609719bSwdenk 4837 24ee89b9Swdenk* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 4838 24ee89b9Swdenk 4839 24ee89b9Swdenk* convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 4840 24ee89b9Swdenk 4841 24ee89b9Swdenk ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 4842 24ee89b9Swdenk -R .note -R .comment \ 4843 24ee89b9Swdenk -S vmlinux linux.bin 4844 24ee89b9Swdenk 4845 24ee89b9Swdenk* compress the binary image: 4846 24ee89b9Swdenk 4847 24ee89b9Swdenk gzip -9 linux.bin 4848 24ee89b9Swdenk 4849 24ee89b9Swdenk* package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 4850 24ee89b9Swdenk 4851 24ee89b9Swdenk mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 4852 24ee89b9Swdenk -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 4853 24ee89b9Swdenk -d linux.bin.gz uImage 4854 24ee89b9Swdenk 4855 24ee89b9Swdenk 4856 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 4857 24ee89b9Swdenkwith U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 4858 24ee89b9Swdenkcombined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 4859 24ee89b9Swdenkbyte header containing information about target architecture, 4860 24ee89b9Swdenkoperating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 4861 24ee89b9Swdenkstamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 4862 24ee89b9Swdenk 4863 24ee89b9Swdenk"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 4864 24ee89b9Swdenkprint the header information, or to build new images. 4865 c609719bSwdenk 4866 c609719bSwdenkIn the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 4867 c609719bSwdenkcontained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 4868 c609719bSwdenkchecksum verification: 4869 c609719bSwdenk 4870 c609719bSwdenk tools/mkimage -l image 4871 c609719bSwdenk -l ==> list image header information 4872 c609719bSwdenk 4873 c609719bSwdenkThe second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 4874 c609719bSwdenkfrom a "data file" which is used as image payload: 4875 c609719bSwdenk 4876 c609719bSwdenk tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 4877 c609719bSwdenk -n name -d data_file image 4878 c609719bSwdenk -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 4879 c609719bSwdenk -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 4880 c609719bSwdenk -T ==> set image type to 'type' 4881 c609719bSwdenk -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 4882 c609719bSwdenk -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 4883 c609719bSwdenk -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 4884 c609719bSwdenk -n ==> set image name to 'name' 4885 c609719bSwdenk -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 4886 c609719bSwdenk 4887 69459791SwdenkRight now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 4888 69459791Swdenkaddress (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 4889 69459791Swdenkkernel version: 4890 c609719bSwdenk 4891 c609719bSwdenk- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 4892 24ee89b9Swdenk- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 4893 c609719bSwdenk 4894 c609719bSwdenkSo a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 4895 c609719bSwdenk 4896 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4897 24ee89b9Swdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 4898 a47a12beSStefan Roese > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 4899 24ee89b9Swdenk > examples/uImage.TQM850L 4900 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4901 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4902 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4903 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4904 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 4905 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 4906 c609719bSwdenk 4907 c609719bSwdenkTo verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 4908 c609719bSwdenk 4909 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 4910 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4911 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4912 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4913 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4914 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 4915 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 4916 c609719bSwdenk 4917 c609719bSwdenkNOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 4918 c609719bSwdenkspeed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 4919 c609719bSwdenkneeds more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 4920 c609719bSwdenkneed to be uncompressed: 4921 c609719bSwdenk 4922 a47a12beSStefan Roese -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 4923 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4924 24ee89b9Swdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 4925 a47a12beSStefan Roese > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 4926 24ee89b9Swdenk > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 4927 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4928 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4929 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 4930 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 4931 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 4932 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 4933 c609719bSwdenk 4934 c609719bSwdenk 4935 c609719bSwdenkSimilar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 4936 c609719bSwdenkwhen your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 4937 c609719bSwdenk 4938 c609719bSwdenk -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 4939 c609719bSwdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 4940 c609719bSwdenk > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 4941 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4942 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 4943 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4944 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 4945 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 4946 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 4947 c609719bSwdenk 4948 c609719bSwdenk 4949 c609719bSwdenkInstalling a Linux Image: 4950 c609719bSwdenk------------------------- 4951 c609719bSwdenk 4952 c609719bSwdenkTo downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 4953 c609719bSwdenkyou must convert the image to S-Record format: 4954 c609719bSwdenk 4955 c609719bSwdenk objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 4956 c609719bSwdenk 4957 c609719bSwdenkThe 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 4958 c609719bSwdenkimage header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 4959 c609719bSwdenkaddress 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 4960 c609719bSwdenkspecify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 4961 c609719bSwdenkcommand. 4962 c609719bSwdenk 4963 c609719bSwdenkExample: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 4964 c609719bSwdenkTQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 4965 c609719bSwdenk 4966 c609719bSwdenk => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 4967 c609719bSwdenk 4968 c609719bSwdenk .......... done 4969 c609719bSwdenk Erased 8 sectors 4970 c609719bSwdenk 4971 c609719bSwdenk => loads 40100000 4972 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 4973 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/image.srec 4974 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 4975 c609719bSwdenk ... 4976 c609719bSwdenk 15989 15990 15991 15992 4977 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 4978 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 4979 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 4980 c609719bSwdenk 4981 c609719bSwdenk 4982 c609719bSwdenkYou can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 4983 c609719bSwdenkthis includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 4984 c609719bSwdenkcorruption happened: 4985 c609719bSwdenk 4986 c609719bSwdenk => imi 40100000 4987 c609719bSwdenk 4988 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 4989 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4990 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4991 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4992 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 4993 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 4994 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 4995 c609719bSwdenk 4996 c609719bSwdenk 4997 c609719bSwdenkBoot Linux: 4998 c609719bSwdenk----------- 4999 c609719bSwdenk 5000 c609719bSwdenkThe "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5001 c609719bSwdenkmemory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5002 c609719bSwdenkof the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5003 c609719bSwdenkparameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5004 c609719bSwdenk"printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5005 c609719bSwdenk 5006 c609719bSwdenk 5007 c609719bSwdenk => printenv bootargs 5008 c609719bSwdenk bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5009 c609719bSwdenk 5010 c609719bSwdenk => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5011 c609719bSwdenk 5012 c609719bSwdenk => printenv bootargs 5013 c609719bSwdenk bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5014 c609719bSwdenk 5015 c609719bSwdenk => bootm 40020000 5016 c609719bSwdenk ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5017 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5018 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5019 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5020 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5021 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5022 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5023 c609719bSwdenk Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5024 c609719bSwdenk Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5025 c609719bSwdenk Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5026 c609719bSwdenk time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5027 c609719bSwdenk Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5028 c609719bSwdenk Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5029 c609719bSwdenk ... 5030 c609719bSwdenk 5031 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerIf you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5032 7152b1d0Swdenkthe memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5033 c609719bSwdenkformat!) to the "bootm" command: 5034 c609719bSwdenk 5035 c609719bSwdenk => imi 40100000 40200000 5036 c609719bSwdenk 5037 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5038 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5039 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5040 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5041 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5042 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5043 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5044 c609719bSwdenk 5045 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5046 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5047 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5048 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5049 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5050 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 00000000 5051 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5052 c609719bSwdenk 5053 c609719bSwdenk => bootm 40100000 40200000 5054 c609719bSwdenk ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5055 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5056 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5057 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5058 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5059 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5060 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5061 c609719bSwdenk Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5062 c609719bSwdenk ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5063 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5064 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5065 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5066 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5067 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 00000000 5068 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5069 c609719bSwdenk Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5070 c609719bSwdenk Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5071 c609719bSwdenk Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5072 c609719bSwdenk time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5073 c609719bSwdenk Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5074 c609719bSwdenk ... 5075 c609719bSwdenk RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5076 c609719bSwdenk VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5077 c609719bSwdenk 5078 c609719bSwdenk bash# 5079 c609719bSwdenk 5080 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBoot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5081 0267768eSMatthew McClintock----------- 5082 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5083 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFirst, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5084 0267768eSMatthew McClintocktitled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5085 0267768eSMatthew McClintockfollowing is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5086 0267768eSMatthew McClintockflat device tree: 5087 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5088 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oftaddr 5089 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoftaddr=0x300000 5090 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oft 5091 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5092 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> tftp $oftaddr $oft 5093 0267768eSMatthew McClintockSpeed: 1000, full duplex 5094 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing TSEC0 device 5095 0267768eSMatthew McClintockTFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5096 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFilename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5097 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoad address: 0x300000 5098 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoading: # 5099 0267768eSMatthew McClintockdone 5100 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5101 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5102 0267768eSMatthew McClintockSpeed: 1000, full duplex 5103 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing TSEC0 device 5104 0267768eSMatthew McClintockTFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5105 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFilename 'uImage'. 5106 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoad address: 0x200000 5107 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoading:############ 5108 0267768eSMatthew McClintockdone 5109 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5110 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print loadaddr 5111 0267768eSMatthew McClintockloadaddr=200000 5112 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oftaddr 5113 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoftaddr=0x300000 5114 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5115 0267768eSMatthew McClintock## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5116 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5117 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5118 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5119 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Load Address: 00000000 5120 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Entry Point: 00000000 5121 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Verifying Checksum ... OK 5122 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5123 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBooting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5124 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing MPC85xx ADS machine description 5125 0267768eSMatthew McClintockMemory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5126 0267768eSMatthew McClintock[snip] 5127 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5128 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5129 6069ff26SwdenkMore About U-Boot Image Types: 5130 6069ff26Swdenk------------------------------ 5131 6069ff26Swdenk 5132 6069ff26SwdenkU-Boot supports the following image types: 5133 6069ff26Swdenk 5134 6069ff26Swdenk "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5135 6069ff26Swdenk provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5136 6069ff26Swdenk well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5137 6069ff26Swdenk the Standalone Program. 5138 6069ff26Swdenk "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5139 6069ff26Swdenk will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5140 6069ff26Swdenk will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5141 6069ff26Swdenk drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5142 6069ff26Swdenk expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5143 6069ff26Swdenk "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5144 6069ff26Swdenk parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5145 6069ff26Swdenk being started. 5146 6069ff26Swdenk "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5147 6069ff26Swdenk (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5148 6069ff26Swdenk RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5149 6069ff26Swdenk to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5150 6069ff26Swdenk server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5151 6069ff26Swdenk for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5152 6069ff26Swdenk 5153 6069ff26Swdenk "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5154 6069ff26Swdenk image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5155 6069ff26Swdenk byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5156 6069ff26Swdenk Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5157 6069ff26Swdenk one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5158 6069ff26Swdenk a multiple of 4 bytes). 5159 6069ff26Swdenk 5160 6069ff26Swdenk "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5161 6069ff26Swdenk U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5162 6069ff26Swdenk flash memory. 5163 6069ff26Swdenk 5164 6069ff26Swdenk "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5165 6069ff26Swdenk U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5166 6069ff26Swdenk useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5167 6069ff26Swdenk as command interpreter. 5168 6069ff26Swdenk 5169 44f074c7SMarek VasutBooting the Linux zImage: 5170 44f074c7SMarek Vasut------------------------- 5171 44f074c7SMarek Vasut 5172 44f074c7SMarek VasutOn some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5173 44f074c7SMarek Vasutusing the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5174 44f074c7SMarek Vasutas the syntax of "bootm" command. 5175 44f074c7SMarek Vasut 5176 8ac28563STom RiniNote, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5177 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutkernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5178 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutaddress of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5179 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutformat: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5180 017e1f3fSMarek Vasut 5181 c609719bSwdenk 5182 c609719bSwdenkStandalone HOWTO: 5183 c609719bSwdenk================= 5184 c609719bSwdenk 5185 c609719bSwdenkOne of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5186 c609719bSwdenkrun "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5187 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5188 c609719bSwdenk 5189 c609719bSwdenkTwo simple examples are included with the sources: 5190 c609719bSwdenk 5191 c609719bSwdenk"Hello World" Demo: 5192 c609719bSwdenk------------------- 5193 c609719bSwdenk 5194 c609719bSwdenk'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5195 c609719bSwdenkapplication; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5196 c609719bSwdenkIt's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5197 c609719bSwdenklike that: 5198 c609719bSwdenk 5199 c609719bSwdenk => loads 5200 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5201 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5202 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5203 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 5204 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 5205 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5206 c609719bSwdenk 5207 c609719bSwdenk => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5208 c609719bSwdenk ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5209 c609719bSwdenk Hello World 5210 c609719bSwdenk argc = 7 5211 c609719bSwdenk argv[0] = "40004" 5212 c609719bSwdenk argv[1] = "Hello" 5213 c609719bSwdenk argv[2] = "World!" 5214 c609719bSwdenk argv[3] = "This" 5215 c609719bSwdenk argv[4] = "is" 5216 c609719bSwdenk argv[5] = "a" 5217 c609719bSwdenk argv[6] = "test." 5218 c609719bSwdenk argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5219 c609719bSwdenk Hit any key to exit ... 5220 c609719bSwdenk 5221 c609719bSwdenk ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5222 c609719bSwdenk 5223 c609719bSwdenkAnother example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5224 c609719bSwdenkhandler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5225 c609719bSwdenkHere, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5226 c609719bSwdenkThe interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5227 c609719bSwdenkcharacter, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5228 c609719bSwdenkcontrolled by the following keys: 5229 c609719bSwdenk 5230 c609719bSwdenk ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5231 c609719bSwdenk b - enable interrupts and start timer 5232 c609719bSwdenk e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5233 c609719bSwdenk q - quit application 5234 c609719bSwdenk 5235 c609719bSwdenk => loads 5236 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5237 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/timer.srec 5238 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5239 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 5240 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 5241 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5242 c609719bSwdenk 5243 c609719bSwdenk => go 40004 5244 c609719bSwdenk ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5245 c609719bSwdenk TIMERS=0xfff00980 5246 c609719bSwdenk Using timer 1 5247 c609719bSwdenk tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5248 c609719bSwdenk 5249 c609719bSwdenkHit 'b': 5250 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5251 c609719bSwdenk Enabling timer 5252 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5253 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5254 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5255 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5256 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5257 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5258 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5259 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5260 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5261 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5262 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5263 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5264 c609719bSwdenkHit 'e': 5265 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5266 c609719bSwdenkHit 'q': 5267 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5268 c609719bSwdenk 5269 c609719bSwdenk 5270 85ec0bccSwdenkMinicom warning: 5271 85ec0bccSwdenk================ 5272 85ec0bccSwdenk 5273 7152b1d0SwdenkOver time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5274 85ec0bccSwdenk"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5275 85ec0bccSwdenkconsider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5276 f07771ccSwdenkUnix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5277 85ec0bccSwdenkespecially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5278 e53515a2SKarl O. Pincuse "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5279 e53515a2SKarl O. Pinchttp://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5280 e53515a2SKarl O. Pincfor help with kermit. 5281 e53515a2SKarl O. Pinc 5282 85ec0bccSwdenk 5283 52f52c14SwdenkNevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5284 52f52c14Swdenkconfiguration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5285 52f52c14Swdenk 5286 52f52c14Swdenk Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5287 52f52c14Swdenk X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5288 52f52c14Swdenk Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5289 52f52c14Swdenk 5290 52f52c14Swdenk 5291 c609719bSwdenkNetBSD Notes: 5292 c609719bSwdenk============= 5293 c609719bSwdenk 5294 c609719bSwdenkStarting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5295 c609719bSwdenk(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5296 c609719bSwdenk 5297 c609719bSwdenkBuilding requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5298 c609719bSwdenkNetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5299 c609719bSwdenkneed gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5300 c609719bSwdenkNote that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5301 c609719bSwdenkattempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5302 c609719bSwdenkmissing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5303 c609719bSwdenk 5304 c609719bSwdenk # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5305 c609719bSwdenk # mkdir powerpc 5306 c609719bSwdenk # ln -s powerpc machine 5307 c609719bSwdenk # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5308 c609719bSwdenk # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5309 c609719bSwdenk 5310 c609719bSwdenkNative builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5311 c609719bSwdenkand U-Boot include files. 5312 c609719bSwdenk 5313 c609719bSwdenkBooting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5314 c609719bSwdenkstage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5315 c609719bSwdenkproper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5316 c609719bSwdenktree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5317 2a8af187Swdenkmeantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5318 c609719bSwdenk 5319 c609719bSwdenk 5320 c609719bSwdenkImplementation Internals: 5321 c609719bSwdenk========================= 5322 c609719bSwdenk 5323 c609719bSwdenkThe following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5324 c609719bSwdenkimplementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5325 c609719bSwdenkinner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5326 c609719bSwdenkhardware. 5327 c609719bSwdenk 5328 c609719bSwdenk 5329 c609719bSwdenkInitial Stack, Global Data: 5330 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------- 5331 c609719bSwdenk 5332 c609719bSwdenkThe implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5333 c609719bSwdenkstarts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5334 c609719bSwdenksystem RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5335 c609719bSwdenkThis means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5336 c609719bSwdenkis not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5337 c609719bSwdenkat all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5338 c609719bSwdenkoptions for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5339 c609719bSwdenkmodels provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5340 c609719bSwdenkMPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5341 c609719bSwdenklocked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5342 c609719bSwdenk 5343 7152b1d0Swdenk Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5344 0668236bSWolfgang Denk U-Boot mailing list: 5345 43d9616cSwdenk 5346 43d9616cSwdenk Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5347 43d9616cSwdenk From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5348 43d9616cSwdenk Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5349 43d9616cSwdenk ... 5350 43d9616cSwdenk 5351 43d9616cSwdenk Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5352 43d9616cSwdenk is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5353 43d9616cSwdenk require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5354 43d9616cSwdenk is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5355 43d9616cSwdenk necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5356 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5357 43d9616cSwdenk can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5358 43d9616cSwdenk operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5359 43d9616cSwdenk 5360 43d9616cSwdenk OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5361 43d9616cSwdenk is another option for the system designer to use as an 5362 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5363 43d9616cSwdenk option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5364 43d9616cSwdenk board designers haven't used it for something that would 5365 43d9616cSwdenk cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5366 43d9616cSwdenk used. 5367 43d9616cSwdenk 5368 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5369 43d9616cSwdenk with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5370 43d9616cSwdenk you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5371 8a316c9bSStefan Roese walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5372 43d9616cSwdenk than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5373 43d9616cSwdenk it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5374 43d9616cSwdenk that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5375 43d9616cSwdenk start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5376 43d9616cSwdenk you get the config right. 5377 43d9616cSwdenk 5378 43d9616cSwdenk -Chris Hallinan 5379 43d9616cSwdenk DS4.COM, Inc. 5380 43d9616cSwdenk 5381 c609719bSwdenkIt is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5382 c609719bSwdenkcode for the initialization procedures: 5383 c609719bSwdenk 5384 c609719bSwdenk* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5385 c609719bSwdenk to write it. 5386 c609719bSwdenk 5387 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5388 c609719bSwdenk as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5389 7152b1d0Swdenk zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5390 c609719bSwdenk 5391 c609719bSwdenk* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5392 c609719bSwdenk that. 5393 c609719bSwdenk 5394 c609719bSwdenkHaving only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5395 c609719bSwdenknormal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5396 c609719bSwdenkturned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5397 c609719bSwdenksimplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5398 c609719bSwdenkfunctions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5399 c609719bSwdenkfunctions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5400 c609719bSwdenkthe GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5401 c609719bSwdenkplace a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5402 c609719bSwdenkreserve for this purpose. 5403 c609719bSwdenk 5404 7152b1d0SwdenkWhen choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5405 c609719bSwdenkrelevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5406 c609719bSwdenkGCC's implementation. 5407 c609719bSwdenk 5408 c609719bSwdenkFor PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5409 c609719bSwdenk R1: stack pointer 5410 e7670f6cSWolfgang Denk R2: reserved for system use 5411 c609719bSwdenk R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5412 c609719bSwdenk R5-R10: parameter passing 5413 c609719bSwdenk R13: small data area pointer 5414 c609719bSwdenk R30: GOT pointer 5415 c609719bSwdenk R31: frame pointer 5416 c609719bSwdenk 5417 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5418 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5419 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund going back and forth between asm and C) 5420 c609719bSwdenk 5421 e7670f6cSWolfgang Denk ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5422 c609719bSwdenk 5423 c609719bSwdenk Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5424 c609719bSwdenk address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5425 c609719bSwdenk but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5426 c609719bSwdenk smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5427 c609719bSwdenk average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5428 c609719bSwdenk 624 text + 127 data). 5429 c609719bSwdenk 5430 c4db335cSRobin GetzOn Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5431 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5432 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger 5433 c4db335cSRobin Getz ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5434 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger 5435 c609719bSwdenkOn ARM, the following registers are used: 5436 c609719bSwdenk 5437 c609719bSwdenk R0: function argument word/integer result 5438 c609719bSwdenk R1-R3: function argument word 5439 c609719bSwdenk R9: GOT pointer 5440 c609719bSwdenk R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) 5441 c609719bSwdenk R11: argument (frame) pointer 5442 c609719bSwdenk R12: temporary workspace 5443 c609719bSwdenk R13: stack pointer 5444 c609719bSwdenk R14: link register 5445 c609719bSwdenk R15: program counter 5446 c609719bSwdenk 5447 c609719bSwdenk ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data 5448 c609719bSwdenk 5449 0df01fd3SThomas ChouOn Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5450 0df01fd3SThomas Chou http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5451 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5452 0df01fd3SThomas Chou ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5453 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5454 0df01fd3SThomas Chou Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5455 0df01fd3SThomas Chou to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5456 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5457 afc1ce82SMacpaul LinOn NDS32, the following registers are used: 5458 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5459 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R0-R1: argument/return 5460 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R2-R5: argument 5461 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R15: temporary register for assembler 5462 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R16: trampoline register 5463 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R28: frame pointer (FP) 5464 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R29: global pointer (GP) 5465 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R30: link register (LP) 5466 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R31: stack pointer (SP) 5467 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin PC: program counter (PC) 5468 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5469 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5470 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5471 d87080b7SWolfgang DenkNOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5472 d87080b7SWolfgang Denkor current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5473 c609719bSwdenk 5474 c609719bSwdenkMemory Management: 5475 c609719bSwdenk------------------ 5476 c609719bSwdenk 5477 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5478 c609719bSwdenkMMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5479 c609719bSwdenk 5480 c609719bSwdenkThe available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5481 c609719bSwdenkcontroller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5482 c609719bSwdenkmemory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5483 c609719bSwdenkphysical memory banks. 5484 c609719bSwdenk 5485 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5486 c609719bSwdenkTQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5487 c609719bSwdenkbooting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5488 c609719bSwdenkto the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5489 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDmemory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5490 c609719bSwdenkconfiguration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5491 c609719bSwdenkInfo data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5492 c609719bSwdenk 5493 c609719bSwdenkAdditionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5494 c609719bSwdenkof DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5495 c609719bSwdenk 5496 c609719bSwdenkSo a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5497 c609719bSwdenkthis: 5498 c609719bSwdenk 5499 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5500 c609719bSwdenk : 5501 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 1FFF 5502 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5503 c609719bSwdenk : 5504 c609719bSwdenk : 5505 c609719bSwdenk 5506 c609719bSwdenk : 5507 c609719bSwdenk : 5508 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5509 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5510 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5511 c609719bSwdenk : 5512 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FD FFFF 5513 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5514 c609719bSwdenk ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5515 c609719bSwdenk ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5516 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5517 c609719bSwdenk 5518 c609719bSwdenk 5519 c609719bSwdenkSystem Initialization: 5520 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 5521 c609719bSwdenk 5522 c609719bSwdenkIn the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5523 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5524 c609719bSwdenkconfiguration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5525 7152b1d0SwdenkTo be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5526 c609719bSwdenkTo be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5527 c609719bSwdenkinitial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5528 c609719bSwdenkwhich provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5529 c609719bSwdenkpart of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5530 c609719bSwdenkthe caches and the SIU. 5531 c609719bSwdenk 5532 c609719bSwdenkNext, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5533 c609719bSwdenkpreliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5534 c609719bSwdenk(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5535 c609719bSwdenkon 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5536 c609719bSwdenkprogrammed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5537 c609719bSwdenksimple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5538 c609719bSwdenkbanks. 5539 c609719bSwdenk 5540 c609719bSwdenkWhen there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5541 7152b1d0Swdenkdifferent size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5542 c609719bSwdenkbank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5543 c609719bSwdenk0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5544 c609719bSwdenkcontiguous memory starting from 0. 5545 c609719bSwdenk 5546 c609719bSwdenkThen, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5547 c609719bSwdenkand allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5548 c609719bSwdenkInfo data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5549 c609719bSwdenkpages, and the final stack is set up. 5550 c609719bSwdenk 5551 c609719bSwdenkOnly after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5552 c609719bSwdenkuntil that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5553 c609719bSwdenkrunning from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5554 c609719bSwdenknew address in RAM. 5555 c609719bSwdenk 5556 c609719bSwdenk 5557 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot Porting Guide: 5558 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 5559 c609719bSwdenk 5560 c609719bSwdenk[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5561 6aff3115Swdenklist, October 2002] 5562 c609719bSwdenk 5563 c609719bSwdenk 5564 c609719bSwdenkint main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5565 c609719bSwdenk{ 5566 c609719bSwdenk sighandler_t no_more_time; 5567 c609719bSwdenk 5568 c609719bSwdenk signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5569 c609719bSwdenk alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5570 c609719bSwdenk 5571 c609719bSwdenk if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5572 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5573 c609719bSwdenk return 0; 5574 c609719bSwdenk } 5575 c609719bSwdenk 5576 c609719bSwdenk Download latest U-Boot source; 5577 c609719bSwdenk 5578 0668236bSWolfgang Denk Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5579 6aff3115Swdenk 5580 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (clueless) 5581 c609719bSwdenk email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5582 c609719bSwdenk 5583 c609719bSwdenk while (learning) { 5584 c609719bSwdenk Read the README file in the top level directory; 5585 7cb22f97Swdenk Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5586 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Read applicable doc/*.README; 5587 c609719bSwdenk Read the source, Luke; 5588 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5589 c609719bSwdenk } 5590 c609719bSwdenk 5591 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5592 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Buy a BDI3000; 5593 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren else 5594 c609719bSwdenk Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5595 c609719bSwdenk 5596 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5597 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5598 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5599 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } else { 5600 c609719bSwdenk Create your own board support subdirectory; 5601 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5602 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } 5603 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Edit new board/<myboard> files 5604 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5605 c609719bSwdenk 5606 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren while (!accepted) { 5607 c609719bSwdenk while (!running) { 5608 c609719bSwdenk do { 5609 c609719bSwdenk Add / modify source code; 5610 c609719bSwdenk } until (compiles); 5611 c609719bSwdenk Debug; 5612 c609719bSwdenk if (clueless) 5613 c609719bSwdenk email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 5614 c609719bSwdenk } 5615 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 5616 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (reasonable critiques) 5617 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 5618 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren else 5619 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Defend code as written; 5620 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } 5621 c609719bSwdenk 5622 c609719bSwdenk return 0; 5623 c609719bSwdenk} 5624 c609719bSwdenk 5625 c609719bSwdenkvoid no_more_time (int sig) 5626 c609719bSwdenk{ 5627 c609719bSwdenk hire_a_guru(); 5628 c609719bSwdenk} 5629 c609719bSwdenk 5630 c609719bSwdenk 5631 c609719bSwdenkCoding Standards: 5632 c609719bSwdenk----------------- 5633 c609719bSwdenk 5634 c609719bSwdenkAll contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 5635 2c051651SDetlev Zundelcoding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 5636 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 5637 c609719bSwdenk 5638 2c051651SDetlev ZundelSource files originating from a different project (for example the 5639 2c051651SDetlev ZundelMTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 5640 2c051651SDetlev Zundelreformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 5641 2c051651SDetlev Zundelsources. 5642 2c051651SDetlev Zundel 5643 2c051651SDetlev ZundelPlease note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 5644 2c051651SDetlev ZundelAssembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 5645 2c051651SDetlev Zundelin your code. 5646 c609719bSwdenk 5647 c178d3daSwdenkPlease also stick to the following formatting rules: 5648 180d3f74Swdenk- remove any trailing white space 5649 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 5650 180d3f74Swdenk- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 5651 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 5652 180d3f74Swdenk- do not add trailing empty lines to source files 5653 180d3f74Swdenk 5654 c609719bSwdenkSubmissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 5655 c609719bSwdenkwith a request to reformat the changes. 5656 c609719bSwdenk 5657 c609719bSwdenk 5658 c609719bSwdenkSubmitting Patches: 5659 c609719bSwdenk------------------- 5660 c609719bSwdenk 5661 c609719bSwdenkSince the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 5662 c609719bSwdenkestablish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 5663 c609719bSwdenkmay be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 5664 c609719bSwdenk 5665 0d28f34bSMagnus LiljaPlease see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 5666 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 5667 0668236bSWolfgang DenkPatches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 5668 0668236bSWolfgang Denksee http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 5669 0668236bSWolfgang Denk 5670 c609719bSwdenkWhen you send a patch, please include the following information with 5671 c609719bSwdenkit: 5672 c609719bSwdenk 5673 c609719bSwdenk* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 5674 c609719bSwdenk this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 5675 c609719bSwdenk patch actually fixes something. 5676 c609719bSwdenk 5677 c609719bSwdenk* For new features: a description of the feature and your 5678 c609719bSwdenk implementation. 5679 c609719bSwdenk 5680 c609719bSwdenk* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 5681 c609719bSwdenk 5682 c609719bSwdenk* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 5683 c609719bSwdenk 5684 c609719bSwdenk* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this 5685 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk board to the MAINTAINERS file, too. 5686 c609719bSwdenk 5687 c609719bSwdenk* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 5688 c609719bSwdenk document these in the README file. 5689 c609719bSwdenk 5690 218ca724SWolfgang Denk* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 5691 218ca724SWolfgang Denk recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 5692 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 5693 218ca724SWolfgang Denk the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 5694 218ca724SWolfgang Denk with some other mail clients. 5695 c609719bSwdenk 5696 218ca724SWolfgang Denk If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 5697 218ca724SWolfgang Denk diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 5698 218ca724SWolfgang Denk GNU diff. 5699 6dff5529Swdenk 5700 218ca724SWolfgang Denk The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 5701 218ca724SWolfgang Denk directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 5702 218ca724SWolfgang Denk your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 5703 218ca724SWolfgang Denk affected files). 5704 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 5705 218ca724SWolfgang Denk We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 5706 218ca724SWolfgang Denk and compressed attachments must not be used. 5707 c609719bSwdenk 5708 52f52c14Swdenk* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 5709 52f52c14Swdenk files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 5710 52f52c14Swdenk 5711 52f52c14Swdenk* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 5712 52f52c14Swdenk submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 5713 52f52c14Swdenk 5714 52f52c14Swdenk 5715 c609719bSwdenkNotes: 5716 c609719bSwdenk 5717 c609719bSwdenk* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 5718 c609719bSwdenk source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 5719 c609719bSwdenk for any of the boards. 5720 c609719bSwdenk 5721 c609719bSwdenk* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 5722 c609719bSwdenk containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 5723 c609719bSwdenk returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 5724 c609719bSwdenk 5725 c609719bSwdenk* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 5726 c609719bSwdenk add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 5727 c609719bSwdenk When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 5728 c609719bSwdenk (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 5729 c609719bSwdenk disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 5730 c609719bSwdenk modification. 5731 90dc6704Swdenk 5732 0668236bSWolfgang Denk* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 5733 0668236bSWolfgang Denk u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 5734 0668236bSWolfgang Denk reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 5735 0668236bSWolfgang Denk bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 5736